Before entering the vehicle, you can use the smart key to unlock the vehicle. Depending on the
state of the smart key and the surrounding environment of the vehicle, the furthest effective range of the
smart key is 30-70 meters outside the vehicle.
The buttons and features of the smart key are as follows:
Vehicle Unlock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear, press this button to unlock the vehicle. After
unlocking, the turn lights on both sides of the vehicle will flash three times to indicate
successful unlocking. After successful unlocking, the outer door handles will automatically pop
up.
After unlocking the four doors with the smart key, the liftgate can be opened from
the outside without a key.
Press+hold the unlock button to open all the windows at the same time; release the
unlock button during the movement of the windows and the windows will stay at the current
position.
You can set the unlocking method of the smart key through the center display: enter
the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Vehicle Unlock Mode.
If you select "Unlock the Whole Vehicle", you only need to press the key‘s unlock
button once to unlock all the doors at the same time;
If you select "Unlock the Driver's Door", you can press the key's unlock button
once to open only the driver's door and once again to open the other three doors is
possible.
Vehicle Lock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear and all doors (including the hood and liftgate) are
closed, press this button to lock the whole vehicle. After the whole vehicle is locked, the turn
lights on both sides will flash once and the horn will sound once to indicate the successful
locking. At the same time, the outer door handles are retracted, and the side mirrors are
automatically folded (enter the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors >
Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked to set the automatic folding of side mirrors).
The locked liftgate can only be opened from the outside with the smart key.
You can set the on/off of the horn prompt sound through the center display by
entering the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tapping Sound > RINGER and ALERTS > Lock Confirmation Sound.
Press+hold the lock button to close all the windows at the same time; release the
lock button during the window movement and the windows will stay in the current position.
When the vehicle is not in driving state and the valid smart key is within 70 meters
from the vehicle, you can press it twice within 3 seconds to start the Find My Car feature, and
the turn lights and horn will give prompts. Pressing this button once more within 5 seconds,
Find My Car will not remind you again; otherwise, it will turn off on its own after 10 seconds.
When all the doors are closed, you can press the lock button of the smart key outside
the car. At this time, the car is locked. The turn lights will flash once and the horn will
sound once to indicate that the locking is successful. If any door is not closed, the vehicle
cannot be locked by pressing the lock button at this time, and you will receive a reminder
message from the NIO App, reminding you that the vehicle has not been successfully locked.
Liftgate Open Button
When the liftgate is closed, press+hold this button to open the liftgate; when the
liftgate is open, press+hold this button again to close the liftgate.
When leaving a person or a pet in the vehicle, you must ensure that you have your smart key
fob with you. Failure to do so may result in injury or death.
CautionNT2智能钥匙
The Smart Key is an electronic device. Please avoid hitting it, disassembling it or
leaving it in a place with high temperatures, humidity and strong vibrations.
If passengers are still in the vehicle when you lock it, you can perform the smart key
lock operation and passengers can still open the door from inside the vehicle, but the anti-theft
alarm will be triggered.
If a smart key or mobile phone with Bluetooth lock/unlock function is still in your
vehicle after the vehicle has been locked, the smart key lock operation can still be performed for
your vehicle and the mobile app will inform you that there is a key in your vehicle.
If a passenger takes a smart key or mobile phone with Bluetooth unlock/lock function
more than 3 meters from your vehicle, your vehicle will inform you that a key has left your
vehicle.
If no door or tailgate is opened within 30 seconds of your vehicle being unlocked, all
doors and the tailgate are automatically relocked.
If a key is lost or damaged, please contact the NIO Service Centre immediately and take
all current keys with you for key binding operations and apply for a new key.
Caution智能钥匙亏电时可使用物理应急钥匙上锁驾驶侧车门,所有车门随之一同上锁。
When the key fob battery is low, use the emergency key to lock the driver’s door. All other
doors will be locked at the same time.
If you forget to take the Smart Key out of your vehicle and proceed to close and lock the
driver door, the anti-lockout feature will be triggered. As a result, the vehicle will automatically
unlock, accompanied by three flashes of the turn lights and three horn sounds.
To facilitate the operation of locking the vehicle when the vehicle is in the parked state, you
can enter the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows > Auto Close When Locking, so that when you
use the external locking method (such as smart key, NFC, NIO App, Keyless Locking and Walk Away Lock) to
lock the vehicle, it can automatically close all the windows of the vehicle, and has an anti-pinch feature
during the closing process. The window closing operation will halt if the smart key or the Unlocking and
Locking with NIO App button is pressed in the middle of it.
Caution执行锁车自动关窗时请确保车辆已成功上锁。
Make sure the vehicle is locked before activating the automatic window closing
function.
For occupant safety, the windows will not close if a front seat is occupied when the
vehicle is locked. Do not leave passengers or pets in the locked vehicle.
If the car is locked while a window is being raised, the window will not be raised. In
this case, unlock the vehicle first, then lock the vehicle again and the windows will close
automatically.
Replacing Smart Key Fob Battery
The smart key fob uses a CR2477 coin cell battery. To replace the battery, please pinch the
sides of the key fob firmly between fingers, and slide your fingernail or a thin plastic sheet from the
bottom gap along the side slit of the key fob until the rear cover can be opened.
Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Please see the NIO website
for details.
Install the coin cell battery with the positive terminal facing down. After installing, align
the battery's contacts, and then close the rear cover properly to ensure proper use of the key fob.
When the key fob battery is low, its remote unlock feature may be affected. In this case, you
can try to unlock the vehicle from a shorter distance. If it still doesn’t work, please use other
methods (e.g. the mobile app or emergency key) to unlock the vehicle.
Radio waves may affect the performance of the key fob. Keep other electronic devices (e.g.
phones, laptops and tablets) at least 30 cm away from the key fob.
Locking and Unlocking with NFC Key
You, or the authorized user, can also use an NFC-enabled mobile phone or NFC card to unlock or
lock the vehicle, and once the vehicle is unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside. You can
easily manage the NFC key and perform deletion operations on the key management interface.
To unlock or lock the vehicle from your phone:
Open My Vehicle > Vehicle Info > NFC Key in the mobile
App, install the "NIO NFC Key" app and turn the "Local NFC Key" on, then you will see the "NFC" logo in
the upper left corner of the "My Vehicle" interface.
Turn on the NFC feature of the mobile phone, and set NIO as the default payment App.
Keep the phone screen unlocked, put the NFC sensing area of the phone close to the NFC
sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver's side, then the app will prompt "NFC key is being used".
Once the vehicle is unlocked, the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract
if the vehicle is locked along with a "click" locking sound.
Hold the NFC card close to the NFC sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver's side and hold it
there for a while, then the vehicle will be automatically unlocked or locked. Once the vehicle is unlocked,
the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract if the vehicle is locked along
with a "click" locking sound.
CautionNT2 NFC 功能
The NFC detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended that you hold your
mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short time to unlock or lock the car.
After unlocking the car with NFC, you can still lock the car using other methods (such as
your smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend that you carry your smart key fob or phone with
you.
Please keep your NFC card in a safe place. Protect it from shock, bending, high
temperatures, strong vibrations, and damage from liquids.
You cannot use the NFC function during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob
with you to unlock the vehicle.
When unlocking or locking the vehicle via NFC, please log in to the NIO app and
re-download the NFC key if you are unable to obtain an authenticated NFC key. If an authenticated
NFC key is not detected, please ensure that the vehicle matches the NFC account. Then reopen the NFC
application and unlock the phone screen to unlock or lock the vehicle again. If NFC still doesn't
work, please contact NIO.
Locking and Unlocking with Bluetooth Key
The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enables you to easily and quickly unlock/lock
the vehicle without a smart key fob.
First, open the NIO app.
Tap My Vehicle > Settings >Bluetooth Digital Key to create a Unlocking
and Starting via Bluetooth service. Then enable this service and Bluetooth on your phone, and keep your
phone close to an unlocked vehicle to pair the vehicle with your phone and activate this service. After
successful activation, the top of the My Vehicle page will show that your phone has been connected to the
vehicle via Bluetooth digital key, and then you can use the Bluetooth digital key to replace the smart key
fob for unlocking and locking your vehicle. Then your phone will be automatically connected to your vehicle
when approaching. You can also go to the Key Management page to manage the Bluetooth digital key or delete
it as needed.
If the vehicle is in PARK, when you approach it (about 30–70 meters at maximum, which may vary
according to the status of Bluetooth connection) with your phone's Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth
enabled, you can perform the following operations:
Tap the Unlock/Lock button on the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to unlock/lock the vehicle,
with the door handles extending or retracting automatically.
After unlocking your vehicle successfully with the Bluetooth digital key, you just need to
get seated and close the driver's door and then press the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
Carry your phone and touch the designated area on the door handle to unlock/lock the vehicle.
After enabling the Walk-Up Unlocking feature on the center display, when you enter the
specified range area around the vehicle with your phone, the vehicle will unlock automatically.
After enabling the Walk-Away Lock feature on the center display, when you leave the vehicle
for the specified distance with your phone, the vehicle will automatically lock.
You can press the trunk switch or go to the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to open/close the
truck.
You can find your vehicle, adjust windows, your vehicle via the My Vehicle page of the NIO
app.
Caution手机蓝牙钥匙
If a Bluetooth connection error prevents you from locking/unlocking the vehicle with the
Bluetooth key, rectify the error and try again.
If the Bluetooth connection error prevents you from starting the vehicle with the
Bluetooth key, please reconnect via Bluetooth and try again.
Both the car owner and authorized users can create a Bluetooth digital key, but the
number of Bluetooth digital keys that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.
Both the vehicle owner and authorized users can create a Bluetooth key, but the number of
Bluetooth keys that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.
You can still lock the vehicle with the Bluetooth key even if there are passengers in the
vehicle. The occupants can exit the vehicle, if necessary, but the alarm will be triggered.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you
can still lock the vehicle with the smart key fob and the NIO app will remind you that a key is left
in the vehicle.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you
can still lock the vehicle with the smart key fob and the NIO app will remind you that a key is left
in the vehicle.
Find My Car
Finding the vehicle when it is far away
You, or the authorized user, can check the parking location information of the vehicle in the
mobile App to experience the convenience of finding the vehicle. When the vehicle is connected to the
network, you can check the current location where the vehicle is parked at the top of the "My Vehicle"
interface in the mobile App. Tap this location information to view the current location of the vehicle on
the map interface.
Finding the vehicle when it is nearby
When the vehicle is not in driving state and the valid key is within 70 meters of the vehicle
(varies depending on the status of the smart key and the surrounding environment of the vehicle), press
the lock button on the smart key twice within a span of 3 seconds, and the vehicle horn will emit a sound
and the turn lights will flash to alert you of the precise location of the vehicle. Pressing this button
once more within 5 seconds, Find My Car will not remind you again; otherwise, it will turn off on its own
after 10 seconds.
When the Bluetooth key feature of the mobile phone is turned on or the vehicle is connected to
the network, you can also tap the "Find My Car" button on the "My Vehicle" interface in the mobile App to
search for the vehicle, which will trigger the vehicle's horn to emit a sound and the turn light to flash.
Press this button again to cancel the Find My Car prompting.
Unlocking and Locking with NIO App
When you are far away from the vehicle, you can go to My Vehicle interface on the NIO App, and
tap Door Locks to remotely unlock or lock the doors.
To unlock or lock the vehicle on the NIO App, make sure that the following requirements are
met:
The user must be the vehicle's owner or authorized by the owner.
The vehicle is in PARK gear with all doors closed.
The mobile phone and vehicle are connected to the network.
The phone's Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth feature is disabled (otherwise this feature
will be preferred).
Note如果用户因故无法使用手机 APP 执行解锁操作,可以呼叫蔚来汽车服务中心寻求帮助。
If users are unable to unlock their vehicles via the mobile App, they can contact the NIO
Service Center for assistance.
Keyless Unlocking and Locking
When you carry a valid smart key with you, or have the Bluetooth key turned on from your mobile
phone (like in your pocket or bag), you can unlock or lock the vehicle by touching the corresponding part of
any outer door handle without taking out the key.
If you leave the key in the vehicle, or when any door is open (including the hood and liftgate),
and when you press the lock button on any door to perform the keyless locking action outside the vehicle,
the vehicle will not be fully locked in such a situation, and the horn will sound to alert you to take the
key out of the vehicle or close the corresponding door.
Caution进行无钥匙解锁/上锁操作时,车辆需挂 P 挡且车门、前盖及尾门均关上。
To unlock/lock the vehicle without using a key, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK and that all
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
Caution 进行无钥匙上锁操作时,请勿使用蛮力按压车外门把手。
When locking the vehicle without a key, avoid pressing too hard on the exterior door handle.
Patients who are dependent on pacemakers should stay at least 22 centimeters away from the
interior antennas, to avoid their cardiac pacemakers from being interfered by the keyless unlocking
system’s antenna.
Location of the interior Bluetooth antenna:
Under the rearview mirror cover
Above the B-pillar on the left side of the body
Above the B-pillar on the right side of the body
Rear roof
Above rear bumper bracket
Locking and Unlocking from Console
You can lock or unlock the vehicle with the lock button on the center console.
When the vehicle is fully unlocked and all doors are closed, press the lock button on the
center console to lock the vehicle. The center display will display the locked status of the vehicle, and
the LED on the button will light up green.
When the vehicle is fully locked (not from the outside) or only the driver's door is unlocked,
press the lock button on the center console to unlock the vehicle. The center display will display the
unlocked status of the vehicle, and the LED on the button will go off.
Emergency Unlocking and Locking
Unlocking/Locking the Vehicle from Outside in an Emergency
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked or locked using the above conventional methods from the
outside, you can use the physical emergency key to unlock or lock the driver's door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
How to use the physical emergency key:
Toggle the slider on the physical emergency key, and pull out the metal key part of the
emergency key.
Press and hold the front part of the outer door handle of the driver's door to unfold the
outer door handle.
Hold the unfolded outer door handle with one hand while inserting the physical emergency
key into the keyhole in the outer door handle with the other hand, and turn the key counterclockwise
to unlock the driver's door.
When locking, press and hold the front part of the outer door handle, turn the physical
emergency key counterclockwise for one unlocking action, and then turn the key clockwise to lock the
driver's door.
After unlocking the driver door using the physical emergency key, if you need to lock the
doors using the Smart Key, you must first toggle the driver door once to reset the door lock cylinder.
This will prevent the driver door from remaining in an unlocked state and ensure the security of the
vehicle.
When the battery of the vehicle is depleted, the physical emergency key can only lock the
driver's door. If you want to lock the other doors, toggle down the door lock hole, and simply close the
door to lock it. However, in such a situation, the door cannot be opened from the outside.
Emergency Unlocking from Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if you need to open the door in an emergency (such as when
the door handle electronic switch fails, or the vehicle is soaked in water), pull the mechanical switch of
the inner door handle once to open the corresponding side door.
CautionNT2 Opening the door from inside in an emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can
only be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock
the whole vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical
switch for the inner door handle.
The windows cannot be lowered when the door is opened using the mechanical switch for
the inner door handle because doing so would risk damaging the window trim panel.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the child safety lock function is
enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment,
the child safety lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Walk Up Unlocking
Walk Up Unlock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and
Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically
unlocked when you are within 1.5 meters from its B-pillar.
To enable or disable this feature, go to the Settings interface from control bar at the bottom of
the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Up
Unlock.
Auto Unlocking
The vehicle can be automatically unlocked in PARK without using the lock function on the center
display.
If the vehicle was locked automatically by Drive Away Lock (at a speed over 8 km/h), after the
driver applies the brake to bring the vehicle to a halt and shifts into P gear, the vehicle will be
automatically unlocked. After the vehicle is unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside without a
key.
You can configure how the vehicle will be automatically unlocked in PARK on the center display:
go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > Auto Unlock When In PARK.
Walk Away Locking
Walk-away lock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and
Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically locked
when you are 3-7 meters away from it. When the vehicle is locked by walk-away lock, a lock confirmation
sound will be produced, the turn lights will flash, and if Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked is enabled, the
side mirrors will be folded automatically.
To enable this feature, you can go to the Settings interface from control bar at the bottom of
the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Away
Lock. Please only use Walk Away Lock in familiar and safe parking areas. After Walk Away Lock is
enabled, make sure to carry a valid smart key or enable the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature on
your mobile phone, and check that the vehicle is successfully locked as you walk away.
Warning离开车辆时请确认车辆已成功自动上锁,保障车内财产安全。
When Walk-Away Lock is turned on, ensure that no child or pet is left in the vehicle so
as to avoid any accidents.
When using Walk-Away Lock, please ensure the vehicle is locked via the lock sound or
visual checks (headlights, side mirrors or the NIO app), so as to protect the property inside your
vehicle.
When there is another authenticated smart key fob in the vehicle or any other condition
for locking is not met (such as a door, the hood, or the liftgate not being closed or turning
Walk-Away Lock off on the center display), Walk-Away Lock will fail.
Please do not place your smart key fob close to a mobile phone, Bluetooth headset, or
other communication devices. Otherwise, the vehicle may be locked by mistake due to signal
interference.
Equipment with a strong magnetic field such as DC chargers or high voltage substations
may interfere with the smart key fob’s signal, which may lock the vehicle by mistake in certain
cases. It is recommended to carry your smart key fob with you to avoid any inconvenience caused by
the unintended locking of the vehicle.
Drive Away Locking
Your vehicle can automatically lock while driving.
When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors, the front hood, and the tailgate are closed, the
vehicle automatically locks all doors when the driving speed exceeds 8 km/h.
Note车辆由静止到行驶的过程中,只能触发一次自动上锁功能。
Drive Away Locking will only be activated once the vehicle transitions from being stationary to
moving.
Anti-theft Alarm System
Once the vehicle is locked from the outside (including the hood and tailgate) with the smart key,
mobile app, NFC feature or physical emergency key, the anti-theft alarm system will be automatically
activated.
If someone tries to open the door in the absence of a valid smart key (or without valid
authorization), the anti-theft alarm will be activated, and the turn lights and horn will both emit an
alarm. You can unlock the vehicle from outside through the smart key, NIO app, and NFC feature to turn off
the anti-theft alarm.
Door Handle
The outer door handles pop out automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, you can touch the
inner side of the door handle to open the door handle by sensing, then the door pops slightly, and you can
open the door easily. When closing the door, just give it a push and the door will be magnetically closed
from a half-closed position, achieving an easy and convenient door opening and closing experience.
You can turn the door handle sensing feature on/off on the center display: enter the Settings
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > E-Latch Door Handles.
The outer door handles retract automatically when the vehicle is locked or the vehicle speed
exceeds 8 km/h.
You can configure the automatic door handle retraction on the center display. Go to the Settings
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > Door Handle Auto-Retraction. After enabling the feature, the door
handles will automatically retract in 20s after the vehicle is unlocked. This will prevent the handles from
scratching pedestrians or the doors being opened by strangers. The door handles can pop out again by
touching the sensing region on the handles.
When the door automatically closes or the exterior door handles automatically retract, please
ensure that occupants (especially children) keep their hands away from the door handles. Failure to do
so may result in personal injury.
NoteES7若佩戴绝缘手套导致门把手轻触功能失效,可手动轻拉门把手,即可实现开门操作。
If the door handle does not extend because you are wearing insulated gloves, you can pull it
slightly to open the door.
Caution若外门把手无法展开,可按住对应外门把手前部区域,即可手动展开车外门把手。
If the outer door handle cannot be extended, please hold the front part of the corresponding
outer door handle to manually extend it.
You can open the door from inside by pressing the electronic switch on the corresponding inner
door handle. Press once if the door is unlocked, or press twice if the door is locked, then the
corresponding door will pop open.
CautionElectronic switch for the inner door handles
When the vehicle speed is higher than 3km/h, the electronic switch for the inner door
handles will be automatically disabled. Pay attention to driving safety.
The electronic switch for the inner door handles can only be turned on when there is a
need to unbuckle the seat belt.
Liftgate
Opening and Closing the Liftgate by Pressing the Button
When you carry the smart key, lightly press the button on the handle of the liftgate to open
the liftgate.
During the opening of the liftgate, press+hold the liftgate button for a few seconds, and the
height of the liftgate at that moment can be automatically memorized.
Caution 打开尾门前需清除尾门上的附着物,如雪和冰。否则可能导致尾门打开后再次突然关闭。
Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice.
Otherwise, the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.
Your vehicle is equipped with a one-button liftgate closing feature.
Press the button on the liftgate to automatically close and lock the liftgate, and you will
hear a "click" to confirm the closure.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate with the Center Display
Swipe right on the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, then
tap Rear Trunk to open the liftgate.
Opening the liftgate: press+hold Press+Hold to Open, and the
liftgate will open automatically.
Closing the liftgate: press+hold Press+Hold to Close, and the
liftgate will close automatically.
During the opening or closing of the liftgate, tap the liftgate opening or closing button, and
the movement will stop.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate with the Smart Key
Opening the liftgate: press+hold the liftgate button on the smart key, and the liftgate will
open automatically.
Closing the liftgate: press+hold the liftgate button on the smart key, and the liftgate will
close automatically.
Caution如果智能钥匙电量不足,则无法执行该操作,需及时更换电池。
This feature is unavailable when the smart key fob battery is low. Please replace the battery
as soon as possible.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate in the Mobile App
When the vehicle is put in Park and the doors are closed, you can open the My Vehicle interface
in the NIO mobile App, and tap the Rear Trunk button to open the liftgate.
It will prompt you that rear trunk has been opened. Tap the highlighted Rear
Trunk button again to close the rear trunk. If it is blocked during the closing process, it
will prompt you that the rear trunk has failed to close.
Caution只有车辆处于联网状态下,才能执行该操作。
This operation is only available when the vehicle is connected to the Internet.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate by a Kicking Action
When your hands are occupied or it is inconvenient for you to take out the key, you can open
the liftgate by kicking under the rear bumper.
In the middle of the rear bumper, lift a foot up close to the rear bumper and kick the forefoot
into the rear bumper at least 10 cm deep, then retract quickly to open the liftgate; or sweep your
forefoot sideways from one side to the other at least 10 cm below the rear bumper to open the liftgate.
You must have your mobile Bluetooth key or smart key with you to open the liftgate with a
kicking action.
To avoid accidental opening caused by someone near the rear trunk, you can enter the Settings
interface from the bottom of the center display, tap Doors and Windows Lock >
Hands-Free Liftgate, and turn off the liftgate kick open/close feature.
When kicking transversely, please kick in one direction and do not move back and forth
frequently.
Do not park your feet under the bumper. Otherwise, the liftgate will not be activated.
Do not touch the liftgate before it stops moving.
This feature may be temporarily disabled in situations that include but are not limited to the
following:
Frequent opening and closing
A lingering leg
When the kicking is not within the valid detection range
If the liftgate does not respond, wait a few seconds and try again, or use other methods to
open or close the liftgate.
Caution 车辆需处于静止状态。脚踢的范围大约为车尾中间。
Ensure that the vehicle is stationary.
Ensure that the range of the kicking motion is roughly in the middle of the rear bumper.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate Manually
If the liftgate is not opened/closed properly, you need to manually open/close the liftgate in
a slow and smooth motion.
Warning避免大力快速开闭电动尾门,否则可能会导致组件损坏。
Avoid opening and closing the liftgate vigorously and quickly, as this may result in
component damage.
Anti-pinch Protection of the Liftgate
Your vehicle is equipped with liftgate anti-pinch protection.
If an obstacle restricts the movement of the liftgate during automatic opening or closing, the
opening or closing motion will stop and the anti-pinch feature will be activated.
The opening process is interrupted, the liftgate stops and you will hear a long warning
tone.
The closing process is interrupted, the liftgate stops, a long warning tone sounds, and the
liftgate rises again for a certain distance.
Warning在打开或关闭前,确认无人在尾门旁,以防夹住可能导致人员受伤。
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area
before opening or closing the liftgate.
Caution车辆行驶中,请确保尾门处于关闭状态。
Please ensure that the liftgate is closed while your vehicle is in motion.
Window Control
There are four buttons on the inside of the driver's door to control the four windows, which are
placed there to make it convenient for the driver to control all the windows.
Driver's window
Front passenger window
Rear right window
Rear left window
There are also corresponding window buttons on the interior armrests of the other three doors,
which are placed there to make it convenient for passengers to operate the windows.
Toggle the window button forward to control the opening position of the window; quickly
toggle this button forward all the way to the end and release it to fully open the window (one-touch
window down).
Toggle the window button backward to control the closing position of the window; quickly
toggle this button backward all the way to the end and release it to fully close the window (one-touch
window up).
In addition, you can also tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows
from the center display Settings interface, and select Close, Ajar and Open to control the entire car
windows.
Close: When this function is turned on, all windows will be
closed.
Open: When this function is turned on, all windows will be
opened.
Ajar: When this function is turned on, all windows will be
opened for about 25mm.
Favorite: Press+hold it to remember the current positions of
all windows, and once it is turned on, the windows will move to the memorized positions.
When the vehicle is put in Park and no one is in the driver's seat, you can control the windows
using the smart key: when the doors, hood and liftgate are all closed, press+hold the unlock button on the
smart key to lower all the windows; then press+hold the lock button to lift all the windows; during the
lifting or lowering of the windows, release the unlock or lock button to stop the windows at the current
position.
The vehicle's four windows all have anti-pinch protection. When there is a foreign object
blocking the movement of the window, the closing motion will stop and the window will be lowered down again
for a certain distance.
The area subject to anti-pinch protection is shown in the figure below:
When the following situations occur, the anti-pinch protection of the corresponding window will
be temporarily disabled, and the one-touch window up feature will also be disabled (these two features will
be automatically restored after 10 seconds):
When the window ices up and the closing motion is interrupted.
When the closing motion is interrupted three times in a row within a span of 15 seconds due
to anti-pinch protection.
If the automatic window lifting/lowering and anti-pinch protection feature fails (by restarting
after the depletion of the 12V battery, for example), you can re-initialize it as follows:
Toggle the corresponding window button backward to lift the window glass until it rises to
the top.
Release the button and the window glass will drop a little bit. Toggle the button backward
again until the window glass rises to the top.
Press the window button to lower the window glass until it reaches the bottom.
Stone Guard Film
The stone guard film is located on both sides of the wheels at the rear of the body, which can
effectively prevent the body paint from being scratched by hard granular objects such as gravel during fast
driving, so as to maintain the integrity and aesthetics of the paint.
Note切勿在不采用任何额外保护的情况下部分或全部去除该薄膜,防止破坏车身油漆。
Never remove the film partially or completely without any additional protection, otherwise the
body paint may be damaged.
Charging Instructions
In order to maintain the vehicle in good condition, please promptly charge the vehicle when the
battery level is low.
To avoid accidents, do not charge the vehicle near any flammable gases or liquids and make
sure to charge the vehicle in a ventilated area.
During charging, stay a safe distance from the charger to avoid any risks due to high
voltage. Do not touch the charging connector’s metal pins or the charge port. Doing so may result in
injury.
Minors are prohibited from using the charging equipment or approaching it during charging.
Charging equipment which shows signs of damage, rust, moisture or foreign matter should not
be used for charging the vehicle.
Unauthorized modification or disassembly of the charging connector or equipment is
prohibited.
Please use charging equipment that complies with local standards when charging the vehicle.
Otherwise, it may result in a charging failure or cause damage to the vehicle, the charging equipment,
or personal injury.
Do not charge the vehicle in heavy rain or extreme weather conditions. Doing so may result
in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any
deformation, burn marks, or erosion. If any abnormality is found, do not charge the vehicle.
Otherwise, it may result in damage to the vehicle, the charging device, or personal injury. Please
contact NIO if necessary.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any
dirt or foreign matter. The connector should be kept clean and failure to do so may result in a
charging failure or damage to the vehicle’s charge port.
If the charging equipment malfunctions, please contact the charging equipment manufacturer.
Do not attempt to fix it yourself.
After rain, please check if there is water in the charge port before charging the vehicle.
Do not charge the vehicle when there is an obvious indicator of water in the charge port. Doing so may
result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Do not use high pressure washers to clean the charge port while charging. Doing so may
result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
During fast charging, patients who are dependent on cardiac pacemakers should stay away
from the vehicle in order to avoid electromagnetic interference between the cardiac pacemaker and the
charging equipment. .
If the vehicle has a peculiar smell or emits smoke while charging, stop charging and
contact NIO immediately.
Do not remove the charging connector before charging is completed. Doing so may cause an
electric arc.
Caution环境温度过高或过低时都将影响充电时间,车辆长时间处于低温下将影响电池容量。
If the environmental temperature is too high or too low, the charging time will be affected. If
the vehicle is kept in a low temperature environment for a long period of time, the battery capacity will
be affected.
Charging Operations
You can charge the vehicle on both Power Home and Power Charger.
Charging Process
Put the vehicle in Park, press the charge port cover to open it, or swipe right on the main
interface of the center display to enter Quick Access and tap Charge
Port, and the charge port cover will automatically open. The indicator of the charge port
will light up white steadily.
Do not forcefully adjust the charge port cover when it is active or open. Doing so may
damage the cover.
Check whether the charging connector and charging equipment are in good condition, align
the charger to the charge port of the vehicle, then the charger and the charge port will start
matching: if the indicator of the charge port flashes and then lights up blue, the charge port is
working properly; if the matching fails or times out, the indicator of the charge port will flash blue
and then go out, and you will need to connect the charger again.
Turn the charging equipment on and start charging. You can tap Battery on the Settings interface of the center display or use the mobile App
to check the current charging status. The indicator of the charge port should be blue during charging
to indicate that it is charging.
If you are to manually stop charging midway, tap Battery on
the Settings interface of the center display after the vehicle is fully unlocked to stop charging, and
wait for the indicator of the charge port to light up green steadily to unplug the charger.
When the charging is completed, press the unlock button of the charger before unplugging
the charger.
Caution进行直流快充过程中,可先将车辆解锁,再长按充电口关闭按钮,即可手动停止充电。
In the process of DC fast charging, you can unlock the vehicle first, and then
press+hold the OFF button at the charging port to manually stop charging.
When inserting and removing the charger, please face the charging socket. If the
charger is stuck, try to lift it slightly. Do not forcibly shake the charger while inserting
or removing it to prevent the charger or charging socket from being damaged.
During the charging process, do not forcefully pull out the charger directly.
Otherwise, there may be sparks and smoke on the charging socket, endangering personal safety.
After charging is complete, please wait 3 seconds before disconnecting the charger,
to avoid pulling it out too quickly, which may cause an arc and result in personal injury.
If the indicator of the charge port flashes red during charging, switch to another Power
Home and try again. If the indicator is still flashing red, stop charging immediately and contact the
NIO Service Center.
After unplugging and putting away the charger, press down on the charge port cover, press
the charge port close button, or tap Charge Port on the center display,
and the charge port cover will be automatically closed.
When you charge your vehicle using NIO Power Home, the charge port cover will
automatically open if you remove the charger from the port and will automatically close if you
remove the charger from your vehicle. If the charge port cover is stuck on
the charger while rotating to close automatically, press+hold the close button for 5 seconds,
and the charge port cover will open automatically.
Unable to Unplug the Charger after Charging
If you are unable to unplug the charger after the vehicle is fully unlocked, try unplugging
charger according to the steps below:
Re-plug in the charger to ensure that the unlock button of the charger pops up, and
re-lock and unlock the whole vehicle, then press and hold the unlock button of the charger for 1 to
2 seconds, wait until the indicator of the charge port lights up green steadily and then unplug the
charger.
Open the rear trunk cover, pull the emergency unlocking cable of the electronic lock of
the charge port, and then try to unplug the charger.
If you still cannot unplug the charger, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
Battery Level and Charging Display
The status of the current high-voltage battery and some warning information related to the
battery can be displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Current Power Display
It indicates the current power value of the high-voltage battery when it provides power or
recovers energy from regenerative braking.
High-voltage Battery Energy Bar
This energy bar indicates the power provided by the high-voltage battery; a green energy bar
indicates the power during regenerative braking.
Range
It indicates the remainder range supported by the high-voltage battery in the current state.
When the remainder range is less than 60 km (the value is configurable), the icon turns
yellow; when it is less than 10 km, the icon turns red.
Before charging or after stopping the vehicle, you can configure the desired charging settings on
the center display. When the predetermined charge limit is reached, the charging will be automatically
stopped and a reminder will be displayed on the instrument cluster, which fulfills the needs of users in
different scenarios and delivers a truly user-friendly charging experience. The charging upper limit of this
feature is set to 90% by default; however, you may access the Settings interface in the control bar at the
bottom of the center display, and tap Battery to slide the battery in the
vehicle model for adjustment; the adjustment range is 50%-100%.
You can access the Vehicle Information option through the menu button on the right side of the
steering wheel, and view the current and voltage values of the current high-voltage battery.
The indicators related to the battery level on the digital instrument cluster are as follows:
Displayed Icon on Instrument Cluster
Description
Normal indicator of high-voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high-voltage battery is operating normally.
Low battery indicator of high-voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high-voltage battery is low on power. Please
charge it in time. Please contact the NIO Service Center if necessary.
High-voltage battery cut-off warning light
At this time, your vehicle is not energized by the high-voltage battery. Please contact
the NIO Service Center if necessary.
Low voltage battery charging fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
High-voltage battery fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the current ambient temperature is too low,
which may affect the performance of the high-voltage battery.
Charging cable connected indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the charging cable is currently connected.
Battery Preconditioning
The charging speed of high-voltage batteries slows down in cold conditions such as winter. When
the Battery Preconditioning feature is enabled, the high-voltage battery can be warmed up to a certain
extent in advance before the vehicle reaches the energy replenishment point (Power Home ) to improve the
charging speed of the vehicle.
On-Route Battery Warmup
The On-Route Battery Warmup feature is enabled by default. You can go to the Settings interface
from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and select to enter the Battery interface to disable the feature. After this feature is enabled, when the
destination or waypoint in the navigation state is the charging station , the vehicle will automatically
start the high-voltage battery preconditioning on the premise that it can ensure arrival at the
destination, so as to improve the charging efficiency. On-Route Battery Warmup only advances the battery
warming step and does not waste additional charging energy.
In the navigation state, the On-Route Battery Warmup feature will be automatically activated
under the following conditions. The current preconditioning status will be displayed on the status bar at
the top of the center display:
The navigation destination or waypoint is a Charging Station , or a service area with a
Charging Station .
The driver is seated.
The current remainder range is more than 120 km.
The vehicle is not in ECO+ mode.
You can manually disable the On-Route Battery Warmup feature by selecting "Disable This Time"
(enabled by default next time) or "Keep Disabled".
This feature will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch remains on)
in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
Turn off the navigation or stop navigating to the Charging Station .
The current remainder range does not support a preconditioning to the destination with 20
km remaining.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Manual Battery Warmup
The Manual Battery Warmup feature is disabled by default. If you are familiar with the charging
route and do not need to follow the navigation guide to the charging point, it is recommended to enter the
Battery interface on the center display in a low temperature environment and
enable the Manual Battery Warmup feature. The vehicle will enable the high-voltage battery preconditioning
to improve charging efficiency. When starting Manual Battery Warmup, it is necessary to ensure that the
ambient temperature is below 20 ℃ and the vehicle's remainder range is greater than 10 kilometers.
You can enable or disable the Manual Battery Warmup feature on the center display . The status
bar at the top of the center display shows the current preconditioning status.
This feature will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch is off now)
in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
The On-Route Battery Warmup feature is enabled.
The battery has been warmed up to the set temperature and maintained for 1 hour.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Caution低温充电预热功能激活后,手动充电预热功能不可用。
Activating the battery preconditioning feature will increase power consumption to a
certain extent. Please plan your trip in a reasonable manner or use this feature appropriately.
After the On-Route Battery Warmup feature is activated, the Manual Battery Warmup feature
will not be available.
The Manual Battery Warmup feature cannot determine the impact of preconditioning on the
range to the destination on its own. Please pay attention closely to whether the current range
supports reaching the destination before activating this feature.
Smart Charging
Smart charging can reduce cost in home charging for those users, who have a dynamic or day/night
energy tariff at their home by automatically charging vehicle at cheaper times.
Two types of smart charging as follows:
NIO smart charging: works with every energy provider.
Tibber smart charging: works only with Tibber, user needs to subscribe to their energy
contract.
As NIO smart charging and Tibber smart charging might influence each other, users should have
activated only one smart charging solution per location.
NIO Smart Charging
Feature can be activated in vehicle settings and will be remembered in this location.
How does it work:
User plugs in vehicle at an AC charger, preferred at home.
User activates feature via vehicle settings (Vehicle Settings >
Battery) .
User selects charging strategy:
Dynamic price optimization chooses the cheapest hours to charge
the required energy amount until the end time set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured
time.
User sets time when charging should be done on a daily basis (example 7:30 am). NIO will
create charging plan based on the settings and user information. The vehicle will start and stop
automatically according to the plan.
Dynamic price optimization will start and stop charging to
catch the cheapest hours until the end time that was set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured
time.
If the charging light turns orange, it means that the smart charging reservation is
successful and the car is ready for charging. If the light turns white, it means the charging is
completed.
Vehicle will be done charging the next day at the time that user set.
All the smart charging settings will be saved specifically in each Smart Charging
location. If the users reenters the locations, all the settings will be automatically recovered.
Smart charging function supports the creation of up to 10 locations. Unwanted locations
can be removed on the navigation page - Favorites Management page. This function only activates for
AC charging.
Tibber Smart Charging
User needs to subscribe to the Tibber electricity contract and have a smart meter at home.
Activation is possible with every AC charging station/home charging cable.
How does it work:
User subscribes to Tibber.
User is onboarded by Tibber, opens the App.
User activates the Power-Up "NIO" in the Tibber App.
User logs in once with the NIO credentials.
User sets the departure times per weekday day in Tibber App.
Vehicle charging at the Tibber Home location will be controlled by Tibber from now on.
User can always control the charging in the Tibber App. To stop Tibber from controlling
your vehicle altogether - go to the Power-ups section in the Tibber app and disconnect the NIO
Power-up. Or contact the Tibber support.
Specifically for problems (App doesn't work, charging doesn't work, etc...) or general
questions (how do I sign up, when will my account be active, etc...), please direct them to the local
Tibber.com, which redirects to the local website.
High and Low Beams
To make manual adjustments, use the light control lever on the left side of the steering wheel.
To enable Auto High Beams (AHB), push the light control lever forward, and the instrument
cluster displays the Auto High Beams (AHB) icon ; pushing the lever forward again activates the high beam headlights and
displays its icon on
the instrument cluster.
If the Auto High Beams (AHB) feature is turned off, moving the light control lever forward
will switch only between the high and low beams.
To turn off the high beams and Auto High Beams (AHB), move the light control lever backward and
release it.
Note只有在打开自动大灯或大灯开启时才能使用。
Auto High Beams are only available when the headlights are set to the Auto mode or the
feature is turned on.
After the light control lever is moved backward and released, the high beams will flash once.
The headlights and taillights of your vehicle may produce fog, frost, etc. in low
temperature or high humidity environments, which are normal physical phenomena. After your vehicle is
parked at room temperature for a period of time, the fog or frost will disappear.
Turn Lights
Turn left: move the light control lever down.
Turn right: move the light control lever up.
The turn signal lights go off when the steering wheel returns, or when you move the control lever
back to the middle.
When the turn lights light up, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument
cluster will light up as well, accompanied by a "tick-tock" sound.
Fog Lights
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Exterior Lighting. Press Front Fog
Lights and Rear Fog Lights to turn on/off the front/rear fog
lights.
Alternatively, swipe right from the left of the center display to enter the Quick Access
interface, and press Front Fog Lights and Rear Fog
Lights to turn on/off the front/rear fog lights.
Position Lights
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Lights >
Exterior Lighting > Headlights, and select to enable Auto High Beams. During the daytime, the front position lights are
illuminated as daytime running lights, and the rear position lights are automatically turned on; During
nighttime, both the front and rear position lights are automatically illuminated.
cEnter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Lights >
Exterior Lighting > Headlights, and select to manually turn on the position lights. At this
setting, both the front and rear position lights will remain continuously illuminated.
Welcome Lighting
When you approach the vehicle with a valid Smart Key or authorized mobile phone (within a range
of approximately 8 meters) or unlock the vehicle, the front headlights and position lights will
automatically illuminate (when the ambient light is dim, the puddle lights on the side mirrors will also
light up), welcoming your presence. At this time, the vehicle will match your account information and
automatically retrieve your personalized settings to make corresponding adjustments (such as seat settings,
air conditioning settings, media settings, and interior lights settings) in advance.
Follow Me Home
The vehicle is equipped with the Follow Me Home feature. When you lock your vehicle and are ready
to leave it at night, the low beams, the side mirror puddle lights and position lights will be turned on to
illuminate the road ahead for you.
Go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Follow Me Home to set the duration of the
headlights.
Exterior Lighting Interaction
The vehicle's exterior lights will exhibit different dynamic interaction effects based on various
vehicle states, establishing a communication between the vehicle and you.
Unlocking and locking
The headlights and taillights of the vehicle illuminate with animated light patterns.
Vehicle locating (Find My Car)
The vehicle's turn lights will flash, and the horn will sound for 10 seconds.
Charging
The position lights of the vehicle illuminate with animated breathing patterns.
High-speed emergency brake
The vehicle's brake lights will flash rapidly.
Outer Door Handle Courtesy Lights
Each outer door handle is equipped with a door handle courtesy light. The outer door handles will
automatically pop out when the entire vehicle is unlocked, and the outer door handle courtesy lights will be
turned on to illuminate the area around the door for you. The outer door handle courtesy lights will be
turned off when the outer door handles are retracted.
Puddle Lights
There is a puddle light under each of the four vehicle doors, providing convenience for entry
and exit at night; there are also two puddle lights on the liftgate to help you see the ground conditions
clearly (such as mud pits, water puddles, etc.) when putting things away.
By opening the door or liftgate, the corresponding puddle light will be turned on. The puddle
light will go out 10 minutes after the door is opened, or when the door is closed.
Interior Reading Lights
Auto Control of Reading Lights
When you unlock the whole vehicle or open any door (including the liftgate), the interior
reading lights will automatically light up to illuminate the inside of the vehicle. The reading lights
will be automatically turned off in one of the following situations, by then you can manually turn the
reading lights on by touching the reading light touch switch on the roof:
Driving;
Locking the vehicle from the outside;
10 minutes after the door is opened;
15 seconds after all doors are closed.
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Interior Lighting > Auto Reading Lights to control the
automatic turning on of the reading lights.
Manual Control of Reading Lights
You can turn the interior reading lights on manually to provide lasting illumination for the
passenger compartment for you to tidy up, and read maps or documents. There are touch switches to control
the reading lights on the roof. By touching the reading light switch, you can control the turning on/off
of each reading light separately. There is also a master switch on the center display for controlling all
the reading lights. You can enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Reading Lights to turn
all interior reading lights on/off at the same time with this master switch.
When you lock the vehicle from the outside (using the smart key or mobile App feature), all
interior reading lights will be turned off at the same time.
If the front reading lights are turned on through a separate switch in the headliner,
they cannot be turned on or off through the main reading light switch, and can only be controlled
through the separate switch. If the front reading lights are turned off, the front and rear reading
lights can be turned on or off simultaneously through the main reading light switch.
When your vehicle is not locked externally, if the front reading lights are turned on
manually through the touch switch in the headliner, they will not be turned off automatically and
need to be turned off manually.
Smart Ambient Lighting
The vehicle is equipped with adjustable smart ambient lighting on the door panels, storage, and
floorboard. You can choose your favorite ambient lighting effect to create a pleasant driving experience.
After you are seated, you can enable the ambient lighting feature on the center display. The
vehicle will show the default ambient lighting effect in the current drive mode. Enter the Settings
interface of the center display, and tap Lights > Ambient Lighting to
select the color and brightness for the ambient lighting of different position (main colors, auxiliary
colors, and floorboard). This setting will be saved in your personal profile. You can also set different
ambient lighting modes, such as Breathing and Rhythmic. This setting will be saved on the center display.
The ambient lighting is integrated with the side door open warning. When any door is about to
be opened and triggers the warning, the corresponding side door's ambient lighting on the door panel will
illuminate in red and flash.
Vanity Mirror Lighting
There are two sun visors on the roof of the vehicle, where a vanity mirror is provided, which can
provide lighting when it is opened.
Rear trunk Lighting
The storage space lights come on automatically when the tailgate is opened.
The storage space light switches off automatically when the tailgate is closed or after 10
minutes of being on.
Minimal Lighting
When the vehicle is parked, you can go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Interior Lighting > Minimal Light to enable the feature. All
ambient lighting, reading lights, and headlights will be turned off to achieve one-click minimal lighting.
When the minimal lighting is activated, all ambient lighting adjustment features will be
disabled.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when minimal lighting is activated, the minimal
lighting will be automatically deactivated.
If you switch gears or manually exit the minimal lighting, the exterior lights and ambient
lighting will return to their previous state, and the reading lights will remain off.
Full Brightness
To enable the feature, go to the Settings interface via the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Full Brightness. To
assist you in finding objects in the vehicle, all ambient lighting and reading lights will be turned on to
maximum brightness.
When the Full Brightness is activated, all ambient light adjustment features will be deactivated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when Full Brightness is activated, the Full Brightness
will be automatically deactivated.
If Full Brightness is manually exit, the exterior lights and ambient lights will return to their
previous state, and the reading light will be turned off.
Soft Glow
To enable the feature, go to the Settings interface via the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Soft Glow. To
provide a comfortable sleeping environment, the ambient lighting on the floorboard inside the vehicle will
be slightly lit, and the ambient lighting and reading lights on the doors and storage will be turned off.
When the night lighting is activated, all ambient lighting adjustment features will be
deactivated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when the night lighting is activated, the Full
Brightness will be automatically deactivated.
If you manually exit the night lighting, the exterior lights and ambient lighting will return to
their previous state, and the reading lights will remain off.
Linking Key to Account
When the vehicle is first activated and passes the verification process, the key is
automatically bound to the owner's account. Subsequently, when using the key to unlock the vehicle, it
will automatically load the owner's account data.
The owner can use the mobile App's key management interface to bind the key with authorized
accounts. As a result, when authorized users use their corresponding keys to unlock the vehicle, the bound
authorized account's content will be automatically loaded. The owner can view the bound account
information and perform unbinding operations on the mobile App. Both the owner and user of the bound
account will receive SMS and mobile App notifications upon successful binding or unbinding.
Note钥匙与账户绑定
The Key's binding to the account can only be modified by the vehicle's owner. Before
being bound to the Key, additional NIO accounts need to be authorized first.
The bond between the authorized user and the key is automatically lifted synchronously
if the owner ceases authorizing.
Guest Mode is only available for Smart Key that is bound to the owner's account. When a
Smart Key bound to the authorized user's account is used to unlock the vehicle, the authorized
user's information will be automatically loaded.
Switching Accounts
You or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display to load the
corresponding settings (for example, seat, steering wheel, , etc.).
You, a co-user or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display and
load the corresponding settings in either of the following two ways:
When the vehicle is connected to the network, or there is currently no network available
but you have logged in in the past, tap the profile photo on the center display or Account > Switch Accounts in Settings to view a list of all the valid
accounts (including the owner's account, co-user accounts, and authorized user accounts). Tap the
corresponding profile photo or user name to switch to the account, and log in with this account after
verification (by scanning the QR code with the NIO app or entering the verification code received on
your phone). You can also enable Passwordless Login in Accounts > Face ID and
Password for easy login and account switch.
To switch accounts automatically through face recognition, tap your profile photo on the
center display or Settings > Account > Face ID and Password, and
enter face recognition data to enable this feature. After you unlock the vehicle and enter the
driver's seat, look straight ahead, and the vehicle will automatically recognize the corresponding
account information and load the corresponding custom settings. If the recognized user's face doesn't
match the current account, but matches another valid account (for example, this may happen if you've
lent the key fob to a family member), the vehicle will automatically switch the account to match the
current user.
Caution只有在非驾驶状态可以进行切换账户的操作
You can only switch accounts when the vehicle is not being driven.
In Guest Mode, the vehicle will not save any customized settings (such as the driver’s seat
position).
Authorized Unlocking
If you want to lend your vehicle to others, you can authorize users registered on the NIO App to
use your vehicle. An authorized user can access authorized features by using their NFC key or verified NIO
App.
Authorization by Owner
You can tap Profile Photo > Account Settings on the Settings
interface of the NIO App or in the upper left corner of the center display, and then enter the gesture
password of your vehicle to go to the authorization management interface.
You can authorize a user and set related authorized features by entering his/her NIO App user
name. Up to nine users can be authorized. After setting the user's authorization, you can tap the profile
photo or user name of the authorized user to view the user's detailed information and authorized features
(such as media, video and safe box). If the current authorization is active, you can also edit the range
of authorized access or disable the user's authorization. An authorized user can only access authorized
features, and cannot manage authorization or set the guest mode.
After the vehicle is locked, if you unlock the vehicle using your smart key, the vehicle will
automatically log in to the owner's account.
For safety reasons, if you cancel authorization when an authorized user is driving the
vehicle, it won’t take effect until the authorized user stops and locks the vehicle.
If the authorized user has a NIO account, the authorization will take effect immediately
after it is completed. If the authorized user doesn’t have a NIO account, the authorization will become
effective only after the user registers a NIO account.
Unlocking by an Authorized User
An authorized user can unlock the vehicle using his/her NFC key or NIO App. To view the account
information and authorized features of an authorized user, tap his/her profile photo on the center
display:
NFC unlocking: Open the NFC key App on the mobile phone and place it close to the center
area of vehicle body on the left side.
Remote unlocking by NIO App: Tap "Door Locks" on the "My Vehicle" interface in NIO App.
Guest Mode
If you want to lend the vehicle to others by giving them a smart key fob, tap your profile photo
on the center display and choose Guest Mode to protect your privacy (e.g. navigation history, contacts,
videos, photos). Only default features such as climate control, weather and navigation (with no access to
History or Favorites) are available to guests.
With the Guest Mode on, the vehicle will show the features exclusive to the Guest Mode after the
vehicle user unlocks and enters the vehicle by using the smart key. To exit the Guest Mode, enter the
gesture password of the vehicle.
You can only set Guest Mode when the vehicle is not being driven.
If a smart key fob is linked to the owner’s account and your vehicle is not in Guest Mode,
the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account when a user unlocks the vehicle using a
smart key fob.
Service Authorization
You or an authorized user can send a service request to NIO on the NIO app. NIO manages and
authorizes service specialists to temporarily access the vehicle and conduct the requested service (e.g. One
Click for Power). NIO retrieves the authorization after the service is completed.
After obtaining authorization, service specialists can unlock the vehicle using an NFC key within
a specified time frame and use authorized features. The center display shows the account information of the
authorized service specialist and the authorized features available to them. Authorized service specialists
cannot manage authorization, set Guest Mode, link the vehicle to a key fob, or switch accounts.
After the service is completed, all doors and the liftgate should be locked. If a door or the
liftgate is not locked, you will be notified on the NIO app.
Driver Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver > Seat Position Memory to
configure your personalized settings. According to the preferences set for the user account, the vehicle
will automatically adjust the driver seat, steering wheel, side mirrors, and to the corresponding user's
habitual state. After adjusting the front passenger seat forward or backward or its backrest position with
the buttons on it, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit on the
driver's seat memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes
and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface. The vehicle will automatically adjust
the seat to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
driver seat), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节座椅位置,防止发生意外事故。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust your seat position while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Front Passenger Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Before using the front passenger seat memory feature, you are required to put the vehicle in P
gear. Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Seat > Front Passenger > Seat Position Memory, and
configure your personalized settings on this interface (default position cannot be changed). After adjusting
the position of the front passenger seat with the buttons on it, you can press the button Regular/Alternate/Rest/Other on the front passenger seat memory interface on the
center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the
corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the front passenger seat, press the button of the corresponding position
on the front passenger seat memory interface, and the vehicle will automatically adjust the seat to the
latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the front passenger seat position again during use of the vehicle, tap the
Save button of the corresponding position on the front passenger seat memory
interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal
account to replace the original settings.
Caution进行副驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe
environment, the seat is clear of obstacles, the footrest is stowed, and the rear seat is unoccupied.
Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the
headliner.
Steering Wheel Position Memory Adjustment
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display,
and tap Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Seat Position Memory to
configure your personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the steering wheel with the buttons on
it, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Other on the driver's seat
memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the
modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the steering wheel will be
automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
steering wheel), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the position of your steering wheel while driving.
Improper adjustment of the steering wheel position or an improper sitting posture can cause
injury. It is recommended that the distance between the steering wheel and your chest be no less than
25 centimeters.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Side Mirrors Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Position Memory to configure your
personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the side mirrors, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Other on the driver's seat memory interface on the center
display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the
corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the side mirrors will be
automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
side mirrors), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the side mirrors while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
When reversing the vehicle, the side mirrors can automatically tilt downward to provide a clear
view of the ground. To enable this feature, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom
of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Tilt
When Reversing. After tilting down, the position of the side mirrors can be adjusted. The newly
adjusted position will be automatically saved to the user's personal account (no need to set it on memory
interface on the center display). When the user reverses the vehicle next time, the side mirrors will
automatically tilt down to this position. When exiting R gear, the side mirrors will be adjusted to the
driving position of the driver's memory interface.
When the side mirrors are automatically tilting to a saved position, if you adjust a side
mirror manually, the side mirrors will stop tilting and save the new position to the corresponding
account.
Driver Seat Adjustment
Adjusting the seat position via buttons
The buttons under the seat allow you to adjust the position of the driver seat.
Length of seat cushion
Toggle the button back and forth to adjust the length of the seat cushion.
Front inclination angle of seat cushion
To adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle, turn this button.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Reclining of the backrest
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the up, down, left, or right button to adjust the lumbar support.
Customizable comfort button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort options.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。
By default, the Custom Comfort button is set to massage or back relaxation.
Press+hold the Custom Comfort button to set it to the comfort feature the seat is
currently running (including the type, level, and mode currently in use).
The Custom Comfort button can be set to 2 comfort features simultaneously, provided
they are not mutually exclusive, such as heating and ventilation or massage and relaxation. If the
steering wheel includes a heating feature, it can also be memorized by the Custom Comfort button.
If a comfort feature is running, press the Custom Comfort button to turn it off.
Adjusting the seat position via buttons
The buttons under the seat allow you to adjust the position of the driver seat.
Front inclination angle of seat cushion
To adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle, turn this button.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Reclining of the backrest
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the up, down, left, or right button to adjust the lumbar support.
Customizable comfort button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort options.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。
By default, the Custom Comfort button is set to massage or back relaxation.
Press+hold the Custom Comfort button to set it to the comfort feature the seat is
currently running (including the type, level, and mode currently in use).
The Custom Comfort button can be set to 2 comfort features simultaneously, provided
they are not mutually exclusive, such as heating and ventilation or massage and relaxation. If the
steering wheel includes a heating feature, it can also be memorized by the Custom Comfort button.
If a comfort feature is running, press the Custom Comfort button to turn it off.
Make sure there is a safe space around the seat and any rear children, passengers, pets,
etc., before you make any adjustments to the seat (such as moving the seat forward or backward,
adjusting the seat's height or backrest, etc.). Be sure not to crush or strike any children,
passengers, or pets in the back seats.
Before adjusting your seat (forward and backward, height, backrest, leg rest, etc.),
please ensure that there is a sufficient safety space in the surrounding environment to avoid
deformation and fracture risks caused by compression and collision with surrounding components (foot
rest, leg support, seat cup holder, armrest, etc.) during the seat adjustment process.
Adjust the driver's seat position, headrest, etc. while your vehicle is parked. While the
vehicle is in motion, adjustments to the seat or other parts of the vehicle can pose safety risks.
During the seat adjustment process (moving it forward or backward, adjusting the seat's
height or backrest, etc.), avoid putting hands or other body parts in the seat's range of motion to
prevent potential pinching or collision.
After seat position adjustment, please ensure the seat is locked.
Ensure that children do not make any adjustments to the seats, as doing so may result in
a risk of being pinched.
With Easy Entry on, make sure there is sufficient safe space in both the front and rear
rows for children, passengers, and pets. Take precautions to avoid crushing or bumping when
adjusting the seat.
Please wait until Easy Entry has been completed before starting the vehicle. Performing
any operation at this time may lead to the loss of vehicle control and cause an accident.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if children frequently occupy the back row.
Before starting your vehicle, please ensure that your seat is adjusted to its recommended
position (refer to the recommended sitting postures and seat positions in the User Manual).
Controlling the movement of the seat on the center display
You can control the movement of the driver's seat on the center display.
On the driver's seat control interface of the center display, tap the "Position", "Backrest"
and "Cushion" control arrows to adjust the position of the driver's seat, the reclining of the backrest
and the position of the seat cushion respectively.
The center display provides five position options: driving position, rest position, exit
position, other position, alternate position and reclining position. Every position needs to be set up by
you, with the exception of the reclining position.
How to set up a memory position:
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver to set up the position of the
driver's seat on this interface.
You can adjust the seat position through the seat buttons or on the center display to set up
personalized positions in different scenes by pressing the Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit button on the interface, and the settings will be saved
under the corresponding user account. When you need to update a set position, adjust the seat and re-save.
Correcting sitting posture of the driver
To minimize potential risks and protect your safety, please adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat back and forth into a position where you can easily floor the accelerator and
brake pedals.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-back sitting posture where your back
completely fits the backrest, and the backrest does not recline too much.
Adjust the height of the seat to an appropriate position where you can comfortably put both
hands on the steering wheel.
Adjust the steering wheel so that there is at least 25cm of distance between your chest and
the steering wheel.
Lay the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder. Fit the lap section of
the seat belt tightly across your hip joints, not across your abdomen.
WarningDo not use various types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery by
yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit
the deployment of seat side airbags. The protection of occupants will be greatly reduced and the risk of
injury will be increased.
Do not use various types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery by
yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously
limit the deployment of seat side airbags. The protection of occupants will be greatly reduced and
the risk of injury will be increased.
Do not place objects under seats. Otherwise, safety risks may occur during the seat
adjustment process or in the event of a collision, rapid acceleration and deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on seats or headrests. Otherwise, the
risk of injury may be increased in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden acceleration and
deceleration.
Only one person can ride in one seat position while the vehicle is being driven. Please
do not let an infant or a child share the same seat and seat belt with an adult. Please do not let
an infant or a child sit on an adult's lap. Otherwise, safety risks can occur in the event of
collision, rapid acceleration and deceleration, resulting in injuries to passengers, infants,
children, etc.
If the seat backrest is excessively tilted during driving, serious injury may occur in
the event of a collision accident. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
People with limited pain perception due to disease or age shall use the temperature
control system and seat heating function with caution to prevent potential low-temperature burns
caused by long-term use.
Front Passenger Seat Adjustment
Adjusting the seat position via buttons
The buttons under the seat allow passengers to adjust the position of the front passenger seat.
Length of seat cushion
Toggle the button back and forth to adjust the length of the seat cushion.
Front inclination angle of seat cushion
To adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle, turn this button.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Reclining of the backrest
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the up, down, left, or right button to adjust the lumbar support.
Customizable comfort button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort options.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。无女王副驾
The default feature of the customizable comfort button is massage or back relax.
Press+hold the customizable comfort button to memorize the comfort feature the seat
is running including type, level and mode.
The comfort customization button can be used to memorize 2 comfort features, but
mutually exclusive comfort features cannot be memorized at the same time, such as heating and
ventilation features, massage and relief features.
If a comfort feature is running, press the customizable comfort button to turn it
off.
Adjusting the seat position via buttons
The buttons under the seat allow passengers to adjust the position of the front passenger seat.
Front inclination angle of seat cushion
To adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle, turn this button.
Lateral position of the seat
Toggle this button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Height of seat
Toggle the middle part of this button up or down to move the seat upward or downward.
Reclining of the backrest
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Lumbar support adjustment
Press and hold the up, down, left, or right button to adjust the lumbar support.
Customizable comfort button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort options.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。无女王副驾
The default feature of the customizable comfort button is massage or back relax.
Press+hold the customizable comfort button to memorize the comfort feature the seat
is running including type, level and mode.
The comfort customization button can be used to memorize 2 comfort features, but
mutually exclusive comfort features cannot be memorized at the same time, such as heating and
ventilation features, massage and relief features.
If a comfort feature is running, press the customizable comfort button to turn it
off.
Before seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), make sure that
there is sufficient safe space for the seat and children, occupants, and pets in the rear row to
avoid squeezing or smacking into children, occupants, and pets in the rear row.
Adjust the passenger seat position and headrest when the vehicle is in PARK. Seat
position and other adjustments while driving may cause safety risks.
During seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), avoid putting your
hands or other parts of the body on the seat movement path to prevent pinching and colliding.
Ensure that the seat is locked after position adjustment.
Children should not adjust the seat for there is a risk of being caught.
When Easy Entry is turned on, make sure that there is enough safe space for children,
occupants, and pets in the front and rear rows to prevent the seat from squeezing or smacking into
them when moving.
Do not start the vehicle until the Easy Entry feature is finished safely. Any operation
before that may cause the vehicle to lose control and cause accidents.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if there are often children passengers in the
rear row.
Controlling the movement of the seat on the center display
You can control the movement of the front passenger seat on the center display.
On the front passenger seat control interface of the center display, tap the "Position",
"Backrest" and "Cushion" control arrows to adjust the position of the front passenger seat, the reclining
of the backrest and the position of the seat cushion respectively.
The center display provides four position options: the default position, regular position, rest
position and alternate position. Among which the default position cannot be changed, and the regular
position, rest position and alternate position need to be set up by you.
How to set up a memory position:
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Front Passenger to set up the position of
the front passenger seat on this interface.
You can adjust the seat position through the seat buttons or on the center display to set up
personalized positions in different scenes by pressing the Regular/Rest/Alternate button on the interface, and the settings will be saved
under the corresponding user account. When you need to update a set position, adjust the seat and re-save.
Correcting sitting posture of front passenger
To minimize potential risks and protect your safety, please adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat back and forth into a position where you can place both feet in the footwell
in front of the seat.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-back sitting posture where your back
completely fits the backrest, and the backrest does not recline too much.
Lay the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder. Fit the lap section of
the seat belt tightly across your hip joints, not across your abdomen.
WarningDo not use various types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery by
yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit
the deployment of seat side airbags. The protection of occupants will be greatly reduced and the risk of
injury will be increased.
Do not use various types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery by
yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously
limit the deployment of seat side airbags. The protection of occupants will be greatly reduced and
the risk of injury will be increased.
Do not place objects under seats. Otherwise, safety risks may occur during the seat
adjustment process or in the event of a collision, rapid acceleration and deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on seats or headrests. Otherwise, the
risk of injury may be increased in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden acceleration and
deceleration.
Only one person can ride in one seat position while the vehicle is being driven. Please
do not let an infant or a child share the same seat and seat belt with an adult. Please do not let
an infant or a child sit on an adult's lap. Otherwise, safety risks can occur in the event of
collision, rapid acceleration and deceleration, resulting in injuries to passengers, infants,
children, etc.
If the seat backrest is excessively tilted during driving, serious injury may occur in
the event of a collision accident. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
People with limited pain perception due to disease or age shall use the temperature
control system and seat heating function with caution to prevent potential low-temperature burns
caused by long-term use.
Warning副驾驶座椅请勿让儿童单独乘坐或怀抱儿童乘坐等以下图示行为:
The behaviors shown in the following figure are not allowed, such as letting a child ride
alone or holding a child in the front passenger seat:
Rear Seat Adjustment
Pull the mechanical handle of the seat backrest to unlock the backrest and then push the backrest
forward to recline the seat backrest.
When folding the seat back, ensure that there are no items on the rear seat and that the
seat belts are not connected. Otherwise, it may damage the rear seat.
Before starting the vehicle, confirm that the seats are in the locked position
(forward/backward, height, backrest, etc.). Failure to lock the seats may pose a potential risk of
injury, (for example, if the rear seat backrest is folded back but not fully locked into place, it
may pose safety issues and increase the risk of injury in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden
acceleration or deceleration.)
When the seat is in a folded position (such as the rear seat backrest folded down), do
not sit in that position while the vehicle is in motion. In the event of a collision or sudden
acceleration or deceleration, it may pose a risk of injury or death.
When adjusting the rear seat backrest, ensure that the seat belt is not twisted or caught
in the seat backrest, as it may damage the seat belt and affect safety.
Correct Sitting Posture of Rear Row Passengers
To minimize potential risks and protect your safety, please adjust the seat as follows:
Adjust the headrest so that the center of the headrest is flush with your eyes.
Place your feet in the footstep space in front of the rear seats.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder, and tightly wrap the
lap part of the seat belt around your hip joint (not your abdomen).
When driving with children in your vehicle, use appropriate child safety seats to protect
children. See the chapter on child safety seats for details.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on the seat or headrest. In case of
collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such objects may add to the risk of injury.
Only one person can ride in each seat while the vehicle is in motion. Infants or
children should not share a seat and seat belt with an adult or sit on the lap of an adult. In
case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such postures may pose a safety risk and
cause injury to occupants, infants, and children.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions
should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential
low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Warning后排乘员请勿有以下乘坐行为:
Passengers in the rear seats are prohibited from engaging in the following behaviors:
Seat Headrest Adjustment
Press the right button under the headrest to move the headrest up and down. Move the headrest to
a set position when you hear click. This indicates the headrest is fixed in this position.
Warning头枕请根据身高正确进行调节,以便获得最佳的保护效果。
To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height
according to the occupant's height.
Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest
upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
Adjust the seat headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the occupant's
eyes are on the same level.
When the headrest is removed, do not drive the vehicle. In case of collision, sudden
acceleration or deceleration, seats without headrests may not provide sufficient protection to the
head, leading to serious consequences.
Seat Massage Mode
The front seats have a lower back massage feature, which is turned off by default. Enter the
Comfort Panel interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap the Seats > Massage and select the desired massage mode (mode 1, mode 2, mode 3,
mode 4, mode 5) and massage intensity (level 1, level 2).
Mode 1: Gentle
Mode 2: Rolling
Mode 3: Dynamic
Mode 4: Lower Back
Mode 5: Upper Back
Level 1: Weak
Level 2: Strong
The massage will automatically turn off if the massage mode is not switched within 20 minutes.
Caution若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭。
If a passenger leaves their seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this
feature, the feature will be deactivated.
Seat Heating Mode
The front and rear seats have a heating feature, which is turned off by default. Enter the
Comfort Panel interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats > Heat to turn on the heating feature for the corresponding seat and select
the level. There are three levels of heating, which will heat the seat up to the preset level within 10
minutes and remain at this temperature.
The front seats have a heating feature, which is turned off by default. Enter the Comfort Panel
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats >
Heat to turn on the heating feature for the corresponding seat and select the level. There are
three levels of heating, which will heat the seat up to the preset level within 10 minutes and remain at
this temperature.
Smart Seat Heating: This feature is turned off by default. After
the feature is turned on, when the ambient temperature is below 12℃ and the interior temperature is below
10℃, the heating feature will be automatically turned on; the lower the ambient temperature, the longer the
heating time.
If a passenger leaves the seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this
feature, this feature will be turned off, and the center display will save the feature's current
mode.
If someone takes the seat within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will
be restored to the saved mode. If no one takes the seat within 15 minutes, the feature will remain
in the deactivated state.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should
use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature
burns due to prolonged use.
Seat Ventilation Mode
The front seats have a ventilate feature, which is turned off by default. Enter the Comfort Panel
interface from the control bar of the center display, tap Seats > Ventilate
to turn on the Ventilate feature for the corresponding seat. There are three levels of ventilation
available.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will
resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Seat Relief Mode
The front seats have lower back relax feature. You can go to the Comfort Panel interface from the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats > Relax, and
select your desired relax mode.
Mode 1: Upper back relax
Mode 2: Middle back relax
Mode 3: Lower back relax
Mode 4: Circular relax from upper to lower back
After each mode is enabled, it will run 20 minutes as a cycle, and automatically stop after 20
minutes.
Caution若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭。
If a passenger leaves their seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this
feature, the feature will be deactivated.
Easy Entry
Easy Entry offers the driver and passengers multiple options and settings to make entering and
exiting the vehicle more convenient.
Driver Easy Entry
After initializing the driver’s seat on the center display, you can set the most convenient
exit position for you to get out of the vehicle. With the vehicle stopped and in PARK, the driver’s seat
will move to the preset exit position (including the cushion position and backrest inclination) when you
open the driver’s door, and the steering wheel will move to the uppermost position. This will provide you
with a larger space to get in and out of the vehicle conveniently.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Driver Easy Entry to enable or disable
this feature. You or an authorized user can personalize the exit position for the corresponding account.
After manually adjusting the driver’s seat to your desired exit position, tap Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Position Memory and choose Exit Position to save the current settings. Every time you open the driver’s door
or unfasten the seat belt (which can be selected from the center display) to get out of the vehicle, the
driver’s seat will move to the corresponding exit position.
Caution设置离车位置时,请勿将座椅调节至最后、靠背调节过低,避免影响后排乘客使用。
When setting the exit position, do not move the seat to the rearmost position or recline the
backrest to the lowest position. Doing so may adversely affect the rear passengers. You can set the
recommended optimal exit position on the center display.
After turning on Driver Seat Easy Entry, when you sit in the driver’s seat and close the door
(or press the brake pedal), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will
automatically adjust to the settings saved in the system.
Front Passenger Easy Entry
If a passenger opens the front passenger door when the vehicle is stopped and in PARK, the
front passenger seat will move to the preset exit position (the position of the cushion and inclination of
the backrest will move to the rear, and the leg support will automatically move to its lowest position) to
make entering and exiting the vehicle more convenient.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Front Passenger Easy Entry to
enable or disable this feature. Front Passenger Easy Entry has two setting options:
Exit: When the passenger unfastens the seat belt and opens the passenger door (which can be
selected from the center display), the seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets
into the vehicle and closes the passenger door, the seat will remain unchanged from the default exit
position.
Exit + Entry: When the passenger unfastens the seat belt or opens the passenger door, the
seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets into the vehicle and closes the
passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the default position saved in the corresponding
account (which can be edited from the center display).
Caution开启副驾驶轻松进出功能后,请注意周围环境及后排乘客的安全。
When using Front Passenger Easy Entry, it is recommended that you set the default position
appropriately, and pay attention to the surrounding environment and the safety of any passengers in the
second row.
Front Storage
The vehicle provides you with a number of convenient storage spaces that can be used to store
daily necessities.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Door Storage
There is a storage space at the lower part of each door, which can be used for storing items,
and is equipped with door storage lighting for illumination at night, when the light is dim or when the
position lights are turned on.
Caution在门板下方的储物时,请勿放置尺寸过大的物品,以免门板结构和表面受到损坏。
Do not place over-sized or sharp items in the lower storage place of the door panel to
prevent damage to the structure and surface of the door panel.
Due to the special texture of the door panel design, please wipe the surface of the
door panel regularly.
Cup Holder
There are two cup holders on the central armrest, which can be used for drinks.
Do not put any hot beverages in an open container. A spill can increase the risk of
injury.
Do not place any fragile items, or they may cause injury when broken.
Center Console Open Storage
The open storage space under the center console can be used for temporary storage of some
non-important items, and there is a 12V power supply at the rear that can be used to charge the
passenger's electronic devices.
Rear Storage
Rear Doors
There are convenient storage spaces beside the rear seats. There is a storage space on both
rear doors, which can be used for drinks or items, and is equipped with door storage lighting for
illumination at night, when the light is dim or when the position lights are turned on.
Caution在门板下方的储物时,请勿放置尺寸过大的物品,以免门板结构和表面受到损坏。
Do not place over-sized or sharp items in the lower storage place of the door panel to
prevent damage to the structure and surface of the door panel.
Due to the special texture of the door panel design, please wipe the surface of the
door panel regularly.
There are also coat hooks beside both rear doors, which can be used to neatly store clothes.
Warning 请勿在门边衣帽钩处悬挂任何硬物(如衣架、水果、玻璃瓶等),以免造成意外伤害。
Please do not hang any hard objects (such as hangers, fruits, glass bottles) on the
hat-and-coat hook near the door to prevent accidental injury.
There are cargo barrier net installation slots on both sides of the rear ceiling. When loading
items in the rear trunk or with the second row backrest folded down, the cargo barrier net can be
installed to prevent the items from impacting the front passengers due to unexpected situations such as
sudden braking or collision of your vehicle.
Rear Central Armrest
When the rear middle seat is not occupied, you can flip open the central armrest on the
backrest to expose the cup holders.
Do not place flammable, explosive, or splatter-prone items in the storage space. Close
the lid tightly when storing items.
Avoid placing heavy, sharp, or fragile objects on the armrest during vehicle operation.
In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, objects flying out can
increase the risk of injury to occupants.
Safety Storage Box
Storage Box Mode
The safety storage box is in the Storage Box Mode by default. In this mode, the safety storage
box is not locked, and its flip cover can be opened through the buttons on the left and right sides of the
central armrest:
Storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and
other items (one button on each side).
Storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for charging mobile devices, not supporting data transmission.
Storage box USB Type A port (2.5W)
Ordinary transmission port for data transmission such as USB media audio source, Digital
Video Recorder (DVR) video export, microphone access, etc.
Safe Box Mode
Swipe right on the main interface of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface,
and tap Safe Box. When the Safe Mode is turned on for the first time, a
pop-up window for setting the password will pop up on the center display, and you need to set a password
to finish setting up Safe Box Mode.
Once set, you need to enter the password on the center display to unlock the safety storage
box, then you can open the flip cover through the buttons on both sides of the central armrest.
Mode Switch
To switch between the two modes of the safety storage box: enter the Settings interface from
the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Security > ARMREST
BOX to switch between Storage Box Mode and Safe Box Mode.
When the liftgate is opened, you can load items in the storage space of the rear trunk.
Caution存放液体物品时需注意密封保管,以免液体渗漏对车辆造成损坏。若发生渗漏,请及时清理。
When storing liquids in the vehicle, ensure that the container is sealed. Spills or leakages
may damage the vehicle. If a spill or leakage occurs, please clean up the liquid as soon as possible.
Rear Trunk Hook
Two strap hooks are equipped on two sides of the rear trunk for hanging items such as handbags.
The strap hooks bear a maximum hanging weight of 3 kg.
Two hooks are installed on two sides of the rear trunk door for hanging camping lights and
other items for static scenes.
The hooks bear a maximum hanging weight of 2 kg.
Rear Trunk 12V Power Supply
The 12V power supply is located at the left side of the rear trunk, which can supply power to
external devices as needed.
Hitched Trailer
Towing Accessory
The vehicle towing kit is a spherical coupling with the national standard ECR R55, which can
support towing accessories (such as trailer, caravan, bicycle).
The spherical coupling is designed to support a vertical load of up to 75 kg. When carrying
bicycles or other items in the towing device, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not
exceeded. When calculating the weight, please remember to include the weight of the accessory bracket. For
example, if the weight of the carrier is 14 kg, it is sufficient to carry two bicycles with a weight of
about 20 kg each or four bicycles with a weight of about 10 kg each for the weight threshold.
CautionThe vehicle towing device is designed to bear a maximum weight of 100 kg.
Exceeding this maximum weight may cause serious damage to the device.
The vehicle towing device is designed to bear a maximum weight of 75 kg. Exceeding
this maximum weight may cause serious damage to the device.
Do not attempt to install an accessory carrier on the vehicle without a towing kit.
Otherwise, significant damage may be incurred.
Towing a trailer and carrying accessories will increase the weight and resistance of the
vehicle, so the driving range may be significantly reduced with a trailer. Although the vehicle range
calculator tries to adjust the range estimate according to the Trailer Mode, the actual energy consumption
may vary. You need to plan your travel distance and destination reasonably.
To install and use the accessory bracket, the towing device must be connected. Then follow the
instructions provided with the accessory bracket. You need to comply with all regulations and legal
requirements applicable to carrying accessories. The vehicle towing kit includes the wiring of the lights
required for the accessory bracket.
When towing accessories, verify regularly that the accessory bracket and its goods are always
in a safe state, and also verify that the lights on the accessories work properly (if any).
It is recommended that you purchase your vehicle accessories from the NIO website. Please
purchase third-party products compliant with national standards if necessary. NIO recommends and
supports products approved by NIO. Before installing any non-NIO accessory, please review the product
information to ensure compatibility.
Caution拖挂装置可能会遮挡后视镜、后摄像头和/或后超声波传感器的视野。此外,某些 PILOT 功能可能无法正常工作。
The tow device may obscure the view of the side mirrors, rear cameras, and/or rear ultrasonic
sensors. In addition, some PILOT features may not function properly.
Towing Capacity
The total weight of the trailer (including all goods and additional equipment) and the carrying
capacity of the tow hitch shall not exceed the following values:
Tire
Maximum towing capacity
Maximum tow hitch carrying capacity
19", 20"
1,400 kg
75 kg
The tow hitch carrying weight is the downward force exerted by the trailer weight on the tow
hitch. It shall not be less than 4% of the trailer load. Loading a large number of equipment, passengers
or goods in the trailer can reduce the towing weight that it can bear, which will also reduce the maximum
towing capacity. Assuming that the trailer load does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR),
the maximum towing capacity can be calculated. GVWR is printed on the vehicle nameplate.
If you drive a tractor with a C6 driver's license, you must ensure that the total mass,
including the mass of the tractor and trailer, is less than (not including) 4,500 kg.
Tire Pressure During Towing
The tire pressure must be adjusted to adapt to the additional load for towing. Keep the tire
inflated to 290 kPa. The maximum permitted uphill slope is 12% for towing.
NoteWhen towing, the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle shall not
exceed 15%, and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle shall not exceed 100 kg. In
these situations, the vehicle speed shall not exceed 100 km/h, and the rear tire pressure must be at
least 20 kPa higher than the normally recommended tire pressure.
When towing, the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle shall not exceed
15%, and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle shall not exceed 75 kg. In these
situations, the vehicle speed shall not exceed 100 km/h, and the rear tire pressure must be at least
20 kPa higher than the normally recommended tire pressure.
Never attempt to tow a vehicle when it has a faulty tire. Temporarily repaired tires cannot
withstand the towing load. Towing with faulty or temporarily repaired tires may result in tire fault and
vehicle unstability.
Operations Before Towing
Before towing, the following operations must be performed:
Inflate the tire to the specified cold tire inflation pressure for towing.
Make sure you understand and comply with all local regulations and legal requirements for
towing.
Adjust the rearview mirror to provide a clear view behind you that avoids obvious blind
spots.
Enable Trailer Mode in the center display.
Confirm the following:
The tractor driver must hold a C6 driver's license.
The vehicle needs to be level when connecting to the towing device. If the front of the
vehicle is tilted upward and the rear is tilted downwards, please confirm that the maximum towing
capacity and tow hitch carrying weight provided in the "Towing Capacity" table are not exceeded.
All towing device components, accessories, and electrical connectors (if any) are in good
condition, and are connected correctly. Do not tow if there are any obvious problems.
The trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal lights and marker lights) work properly.
The towing tongue is firmly connected to the towing ball.
All items inside the vehicle are secure in place.
You may use wheel chocks.
The towing load is evenly distributed so that the weight on the towing tongue is about 4%
of the total towing weight and does not exceed the maximum bearing weight of the towing tongue
provided in the "Towing Capacity" table.
The weight of the trailer tongue must be approximately 4% of the gross trailer weight
and not exceed the maximum trailer tongue load provided in the Towing Capacity table. An
unbalanced load on the wheels or a heavier load on the rear may cause the trailer to sway,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Please always ensure that the load is secured in the trailer and does not move. An
moving load can cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury or death.
Trailer Mode
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Tow
Hitch. This will extend the tow hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be
active. When you connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you
confirm. Trailer Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually
enable or exit Trailer Mode, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Driving and Parking > Trailer Mode. One of the following
indicators is displayed on the instrument cluster at this time:
ICON
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is not
activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer lights. Some
or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as possible
and check the wiring or connection of the trailer lights for faults. If the problem has been
resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it on
again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing
so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match
the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick sensors,
easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter the
Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted to
normal.
Instructions for Towing
Your vehicle is mainly designed as a passenger vehicle. Towing a trailer puts an additional
load on the vehicle's motor, transmission, brakes, tires and suspension and significantly reduces its
range. If you decide to tow a trailer, please drive carefully and follow the following guidelines:
Reduce your driving speed and avoid sudden maneuvers. When a trailer is towed, the
steering, stability, turning radius, stopping distance and braking performance are different from
those without a trailer.
Keep at least twice the distance from the vehicle in front of you as when you are not
pulling a trailer. This helps to avoid situations requiring emergency braking. Sudden braking may
cause skidding or bottoming out and loss of control.
Avoid sharp turns, which may cause the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause damage.
Since the wheels of the trailer are closer to the inside of the turn than the wheels of the vehicle,
the turn radius must be larger to prevent the trailer from hitting the curb, road signs, trees or
other objects.
Check the trailer lights and turn lights regularly to verify that they continue to work
properly.
Verify regularly that any items inside the vehicle are safe.
Verify regularly that the trailer brake works properly.
Avoid parking on a slope.
Verify regularly that all towing parts have been firmly tightened.
When a trailer is hitched, the LED taillight of the trailer may flash very slightly, which
is normal.
People are not allowed to ride in the trailer during towing.
Place weight in the trailer near the axle as much as possible to reduce interference to the
train set when swinging.
Trailer Parking
It is recommended not to park your vehicle on slopes with gradients exceeding 12%. If you have
to park the vehicle on a slope, please place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels:
One person depresses and holds the brake pedal;
Another person places wheel chocks under the wheels on the downhill side;
When the chocks are in place, release the brake pedal and ensure that the chocks can bear
the weight of the vehicle and trailer (do not activate Autohold).
Put the vehicle into the P gear and engage the parking brake.
If it is necessary to park on a slope, please always ensure that all trailer wheels are
securely fastened with wedges, as failure to do so may result in serious damage, injury or death.
Electrical Connection
All trailers are equipped with taillights, brake lights, side indicators and turn lights. In
order to provide power for the trailer lighting, the towing device is equipped with a built-in 13-pin
electrical connector. Inserting the trailer plug into the vehicle electrical connector will enable Trailer
Mode after you confirm.
Left turn light (yellow)
Right fog light (blue)
Pin 1-8 grounding (white)
Right turn light (green)
Right taillight (brown)
Brake light (red)
Left taillight (black)
Reverse light (pink)
No output for now (orange)
12V power output when the vehicle is awakened (gray)
Please use only the electrical plugs designed by NIO. Do not attempt to directly splice the
cables or connect the trailer’s cable by any other method, as this could damage the vehicle’s electrical
system and cause fault.
CautionBefore and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical
connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Before and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical
connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Trailer light failure during towing may be the result of a blown fuse. If the fuse is
blown, there will be no warning from your vehicle. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
Make sure that the trailer cable does not touch or drag on the ground during towing,
and that the cable has enough slack to allow for turns.
Roof Racks
The vehicle supports a roof rack with a maximum load-bearing capacity of 75 kg (including the
roof rack and its load).
Warning车顶行李架的安装和使用请严格按照车顶行李架自带的说明书进行。
Please install and use the roof rack strictly according to the roof rack manual.
When the roof rack and its load exceed the max load, there may be serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.
The load should be evenly distributed on the roof rack.
Check the roof rack and load regularly to make sure that they are properly secured,
otherwise, there may be serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
When the roof rack is loaded heavily, please avoid violent acceleration, sharp braking,
or sharp turning to prevent any potential accidents.
The center of gravity of the vehicle will change when the roof is loaded. Therefore,
the driving speed shall not exceed the top speed specified in the roof rack manual or 120 km/h
(whichever is smaller).
Start Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjustment, and then adjust
the position through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel, and tap End
Adjustment after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right on the main interface of the center
display to enter the Quick Access interface, and tap Steering Wheel Adjustment >
Start Adjustment to adjust the position of the steering wheel.
Adjusting the position of the steering wheel using the buttons on the right
side of the steering wheel:
Up: move the steering wheel upward;
Down: move the steering wheel downward;
Left: move the steering wheel further from the driver;
Right: move the steering wheel closer to the driver;
When the pop-up window is manually closed by the driver or passively closed due to factors
such as conflicts, the right steering wheel controls will exit the steering wheel adjustment mode and
resumes regular controls instead, such as answering phone calls, and increasing/decreasing volume.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an
accident.
An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make sure
your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.
Using Right Steering Wheel Button
The buttons on the right side of the steering wheel can be used to adjust steering wheel
position, right side mirror, sound volume, etc.
Start Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjusting to adjust the
position through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel. See Start
Adjustment.
Adjusting the Right Side Mirror
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Rearview Mirrors > Start Adjusting to adjust the
position of the right side mirror through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel. See Side Mirrors Position Adjustment.
Volume Adjustment
In scenarios such as answering calls, talking with NOMI, and playing multimedia, press the Up
or Down button to adjust the volume, and press+hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In other scenarios where there is no need for volume adjusting, holding the Up button gives no
response, and press+hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In the mute state, press the Up button to unmute.
Triggering the Custom Feature
Press+hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to trigger the custom
feature. The default triggered feature is NOMI, and you can change the custom feature on the Settings
interface by tapping Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Steering Wheel
Customized Keys.
Control within an Immediate Task
When the incoming call reminder is displayed, you can answer or reject the call through the
Left and Right buttons, and the Middle button is for confirming the selection.
Switching the Normal Menu
Press+hold the Left or Right button to enter the "Switching Mode", in which you can press the
Left or Right button to switch the order of the menus.
After pressing the Middle button, or after 3 seconds with no operation on the Left or Right
button, the current menu will be selected automatically and the Switching Mode will be exited.
Controls within the Menu
When the instrument cluster shows the Media/Third-party Software, Estimated Range, Mileage, and
Power Consumption menus, press the Left, Middle and Right buttons on the right side of the steering wheel
to switch the media/third-party software type.
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Media: Left - previous track; Right - next
track; Middle - play/pause;
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Karaoke: Left - redo; Right - next track;
Middle - play/pause;
When the instrument cluster shows Team menu: Middle - sound record/send.
Using Left Steering Wheel Button
The buttons on the left side of the steering wheel can be used to adjust the Left Side Mirror and
control the Driver Assistance feature.
Adjusting the Left Side Mirror
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Rearview Mirrors > Start Adjusting to adjust the
position of the left side mirror through the buttons on the left side of the steering wheel. See Side Mirrors Position Adjustment.
Adjusting the Driver assistance control
Middle button: activate or exit driver assistance.
Up button: increase the cruising speed.
Down button: decrease the cruising speed.
Right button: increase the following distance.
Left button: decrease the following distance.
Press the Up or Down button: increase/decrease the cruise speed by 5 km/h; press+hold the Up or
Down button: increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h continuously.
Press the Left or Right button: increase/decrease the following distance by 1 level; where
Level 1 is the closest, and Level 5 is the farthest.
Steering Wheel Heating
In cold weather, you can turn on the steering wheel heating feature by going to the Comfort Panel
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tapping Seats
> Heating > Steering Wheel Heating. The steering wheel will be gradually heated to a
comfortable temperature within about 10 minutes and will maintain this temperature.
Smart Steering Wheel Heating: When the feature is enabled, the
steering wheel heating will be turned on automatically when the ambient temperature falls below 12°C and the
interior temperature falls below 10°C; the lower the temperature, the longer the heating period.
Double-button Restart of Steering Wheel
If the center display shows some abnormalities, such as screen stuttering or unresponsive screen,
try resolving by quickly restarting the vehicle system.
Instructions for Double-button Restart:
Turn on the hazard warning lights;
Park your vehicle in a safe area and put into P gear;
Press and hold the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel and the Down button
on the right side at the same time for about 8 seconds;
After about 30 seconds, all screens will light up and the system can resume operation.
If the system has not returned to normal, please contact the NIO Service Center as soon as
possible.
Caution车辆双键重启必须在驻车状态,请确保车辆停靠在安全区域;
The vehicle must be in PARK to use Dual-Button Restart. Please ensure that the vehicle is
parked in a safe area;
It is strictly forbidden to perform Dual-Button Restart while the vehicle is moving;
Keep the hazard warning light on while the vehicle is in the system restart process;
Do not perform Dual-Button Restart when the vehicle software is being upgraded;
During the restart process, the vehicle status display, safety warning, surround view
image, map interface, and other information cannot be seen;
If the screen fails to resume normal operation after Dual-Button Restart, you can try to
lock the vehicle and put the vehicle to sleep. If the problem persists, please contact NIO.
USB Port
Three USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including one Type A port and two Type C ports.
Location:
Safety Storage Box
Type A (2.5W) port: Used for exporting videos from the DVR and connecting a microphone or
a USB speaker;
Type C (60W) port: Used for charging mobile devices;
Under the Rear Row Air Conditioning Vents
Type C (60W) port: Used for charging mobile devices;
12V Power Supply
Your vehicle is equipped with two 12V power supplies.
Center console open storage space: located in the rear.
Rear trunk: on the left.
Wireless Charging
You can place your wireless charging equipment on the wireless charging board next to the cup
holder on the central armrest for wireless charging.
The wireless charging feature is enabled by default. You can enter the Wireless Charging from the
status bar at the top right of the center display to turn it off. The current status is saved under the
account of the owner or the authorized user. The center display displays the current charging status.
When the NFC one-key pairing feature of interior Bluetooth is being used by the wireless charging
board, wireless charging will be temporarily stopped.
Wireless charging will stop in the following situations, and the center display will prompt the
relevant status:
The charging is completed.
Errors in the charging process, including vehicle power supply over-voltage or
under-voltage.
You can choose to disable NFC Detection, in which case the wireless
charging board won't recognize NFC cards and the card recognition prompt won't appear when the phone is
placed.
When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a key, coin or NFC card)
placed on the wireless charging board may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to a burn.
When using wireless charging, do not place any metal objects between the phone and the
charging board, such as coins and cards with chips/battery. Do not use phone cases with metal
materials, such as those that support magnetic charging (MagSafe).
It is normal for the phone to become hot after being charged for a long period of time.
Do not place a fully charged device on the charging board. Doing so can cause overheating.
Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.
Please keep tiny items and liquids out of the cooling air vent, which is at the bottom
of the wireless charging board.
Side Mirrors Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Start Adjustment, and then adjust
the position of the side mirrors through the steering wheel buttons, and tap End
Adjustment after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right from left on the main interface of
the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, and tap Side Mirrors > Start
Adjustment to adjust the position of the side mirrors.
The left buttons on the steering wheel is used to adjust the left side mirror, and the right
buttons on the steering wheel is used to adjust the right side mirror.
Adjustment Method:
Up and down buttons: Control the up and down rotation of the side
mirrors;
Left and right buttons: Control the left and right rotation of the
side mirrors;
Press: Rotate one level; Press+Hold: Continuously rotate.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Side Mirrors Folding
You can set up automatic folding for the side mirrors by going to Settings from the bottom of the
center display and tapping Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Fold When
Vehicle is Locked. Once the setup is complete, the side mirrors will automatically fold when the
vehicle is locked.
When you unlock the vehicle and close the driver door or press the brake pedal, the side mirrors
will automatically unfold.
If your vehicle passes through narrow roads at low speed (lower than 40 km/h), tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Fold Side Mirrors on the Settings
interface to manually fold the side mirrors; Tap Fold Side Mirrors again, the
side mirrors extend again.
When reversing, you can turn on the Auto-Tilt When Reversing
feature to see the road better in order to assist in reversing.
Side Mirrors Heating
The side mirrors are equipped with a heating feature, which is used to heat the left and right
side mirrors to quickly remove water or snow on rainy and snowy days.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Side Mirrors Heating to manually
turn on the heating feature of the side mirrors.
The heating feature of the side mirrors will be automatically turned off 60 minutes after it was
turned on, or it can be manually turned off using the center display.
Automatic Heating of Side Mirrors and Windshield
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap on
the Position Adjustment > Rearview Mirrors interface, and turn on the
automatic heating feature of the side mirrors and rear windshield. When the front windshield wipers are
turned on while driving on rainy days, the heating feature will be turned on automatically to help remove
fog on the side mirrors and rear windshield.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming
Go to the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors
Auto-Dimming to turn on the Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming feature.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming feature helps reduce the glare in the rearview
mirror from the vehicle behind, which can improve driving safety.
Note车辆为 R挡或前阅读灯开启时防炫目功能不可用。
The auto-dimming feature is not available when your vehicle is in Reverse gear or the front
reading lights are turned on.
Climate Control
Control Bar
You can control the temperature and airflow distribution through the control bar at the bottom
of the center display.
Home
Tap to return to the home interface.
Settings
Tap to go to the list of settings.
Switching Between Recirculating Air and Outside Air
The current air flow mode is displayed. You can tap to select the following three modes in
sequence: recirculation , automatic recirculation or outside air , and outside air .
With automatic recirculation or outside air mode, if air pollution is serious, outside air
will be turned off automatically and switched to recirculation to realize automatic control of air
quality in the vehicle.
Driver Side Temperature Display
The target temperature on the driver side is displayed. You may tap on it to enter the
temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The adjustment range on the driver
side is 15–31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the
arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Select "SYNC" to adjust the air conditioning temperature for the front and rear passengers
together with the driver side. Manually adjusting the temperature on the front passenger side or in
the rear row will exit SYNC mode.
Air Conditioning Inlet and Air Volume Regulation
The ON/OFF status of the air conditioning is displayed. Tap to expand or collapse the
Climate Control Panel.
Press+hold and slide to adjust the level of the front fan speed. There are eight levels,
0–8, where 0 turns off the air conditioning for the whole vehicle.h
Front Passenger Side Temperature Display
The target temperature on the front passenger side is displayed. You may tap on it to enter
the temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The adjustment range on the front
passenger side is 15–31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the
arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Front Windshield Defrosting/Defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging feature is turned on, the manual air
conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on at the same time, the air distribution mode is defrosting mode,
and the air circulation is switched to the automatic recirculation/outside air mode.
If the outside of the front windshield is foggy, it is recommended to turn on the wipers
and automatic climate control; if the inside of the front windshield is foggy, it is recommended to
turn on defogging for the front windshield. After the fog is cleared, switch to automatic climate
control and turn on auto defogging for the air conditioning.
Go to the Air Conditioning interface in the control bar of the center display, tap , and turn on Auto Defogging. Front windshield defogging will be turned on automatically
when the inside of the front windshield is about to become foggy or slightly foggy.
Application Center
Applications in the center display of the vehicle.
Volume Adjustment
The default volume is 50%. Tap and then slide left or right to adjust the volume.
Press+hold to mute, and press+hold again to unmute, and return to the volume before the
mute state.
Climate Control bar
To access the Climate Control Panel, tap the air conditioning button on the control bar at the bottom of the center
display. You can set the air conditioning's air volume, temperature, airflow direction and other features
through the climate control panel.
The air modes will be displayed while modifying the airflow direction of the air vents:
Free: The air vent angles can be adjusted separately.
Balanced: The air vent angles are symmetrical.
Sweep: The air vent angles are set to sweep up and down, left and right.
Icon
Name
Feature
Air Conditioning Main Switch
It controls the ON/OFF of the air conditioning throughout
the vehicle;
Steering Wheel Heating
It controls the heating of the steering wheel;
Cooling, Heating and Ventilation Switch
Turn on the A/C, and the whole vehicle's air conditioning cools or heats;
Turn off the A/C, and the whole vehicle's air conditioning enters ventilation mode;
Strong Cooling
When activated, the whole vehicle's air conditioning
enters maximum cooling mode;
Strong Heating
When activated, the whole vehicle's air conditioning
enters maximum heating mode;
Front Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
When activated, it removes fog from the interior of the
front windshield;
Rear Windshield Heating
When activated, the rear windshield begins to heat up,
and the feature will be turned off automatically after 15 minutes;
Air Conditioning Temperature Adjustment
It adjusts the air conditioning temperature within the
range of 15~31℃;
Air Conditioning Air Volume Adjustment
It adjusts the air conditioning air volume within the
range of level 0~8;
Window Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the front
windshield;
Face Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the upper body
of the passenger;
Foot Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the lower body
of the passenger;
Air Conditioning Comfort Setting
Tap to access the Settings interface for Ionizer, Auto
Defogging, AC Deodorization and other features.
Auto
Automatic Mode
In this mode, the temperature, air volume, airflow
direction of the front and rear rows' air conditioning, and the recirculation/outside air mode will
be adjusted automatically according to the temperature preset.
SYNC
Sync Mode
In SYNC mode, the cabin temperature will be the same as
that of the driver's.
Front Row Air Vents and Their Adjustment
The air vents in the front row of the vehicle are located at the front windshield, the
instrument panel and the leg space under the instrument panel.
Defrosting air vent at front windshield
Face blowing air vent at instrument panel
Foot blowing air vent under instrument panel
To adjust the air vent at the front row instrument panel, do as follows:
Press and hold the blowing area on the center display and then slide up or down to control the
vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In the free mode, double-click the air vent position in the center display to close the
corresponding air vent. However, at least one air vent must be left open.
Rear Air Conditioning Vents and Adjustment
The rear row air vents are located behind the center armrest and at the bottom of the driver
and front passenger seats.
Rear row face blowing air vents
Rear row foot blowing air vents
To adjust the rear row face blowing air vents, do as follows:
The air conditioning on the left and right sides is managed by two knobs on the rear row face
blowing air vents.
Turn the knob up and down, left and right to adjust the airflow direction; turn the knobs to
the bottom on the left and right sides respectively to close the air vents.
Tips for Using Air Conditioning
Make sure that the vent grille of the air conditioning is not blocked by foreign objects
(leaves, snow, etc.).
If the vehicle has been parked in the hot sun, opening the windows while running the air
conditioning can create convection, which helps the vehicle to cool down faster.
Air Purification
PM2.5 Air Purification
View the current air quality in your vehicle at the upper right corner of the center display,
and tap to switch to the corresponding air purification mode.
OFF: Turns off air purification;
AUTO: Adjusts the purification airflow speed automatically
according to the concentration of PM 2.5 in the passenger compartment;
QUIET: Purifies the air in the passenger compartment in the
low airflow speed and silent state.
Ionizer
Go to the air conditioning comfort adjustment interface in the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Ionizer to generate negative ions while purifying the air,
thereby further improving the air comfort in the vehicle.
AC Deodorization
If the air conditioning cooling is turned on in hot weather, some condensate may remain in the
climate control system when parking. Go to the air conditioning comfort adjustment interface in the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap to enable AC
Deodorization. When you leave and lock your vehicle, if the system detects the residual
condensate in the climate control system, it will turn on the fan automatically and run it at the maximum
air volume to keep the evaporator and air pipe dry, thereby reducing the risk of bacteria breeding in the
humid environment.
You can select one of the two drying levels: Standard (the fan
works for about 3 minutes continuously) and Strong (the fan works for about
20 minutes continuously).
This feature increases energy consumption in certain circumstances, so make sure that you plan
your trip properly or turn the feature off if necessary.
Remaining Life of Air Filter
After replacing the filter element, go to the air conditioning comfort adjustment interface in
the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap , and select Air Conditioning
Purifier Filter Element Life Timer to reset the filter element service life timer.
Note该寿命计时为预估时间,实际使用寿命受环境等因素影响,必要时更换。
This reminder is the estimated service life, and the actual service life may vary due to
the environment and other factors. Please replace the air filter if necessary.
Intelligent Fragrance System
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent fragrance system. You and your family can choose
your favorite fragrance, and enjoy the fresh and comfortable olfactory pleasure during the journey.
It provides you with a variety of scents. You can choose your favorite fragrance and install it
in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and change the fragrance vial
according to your preferences.
How to install and change the fragrance vial:
Open the cap of the fragrance vial, insert the thin end of the fragrance vial upward into the
hole in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and gently press the
bottom of the vial upward to ensure that it is properly installed.
Caution安装香氛瓶过程中请勿旋转香氛瓶。
Do not rotate the fragrance cartridge when inserting it.
The fragrance vial will be secured by the magnet in the fragrance mechanism once it is
inserted into the hole.
The center display will prompt that the fragrance vial has been installed successfully and
display information about the fragrance inserted into the corresponding hole.
When replacing the fragrance vial, pinch the bottom of the fragrance vial with your fingers,
and slowly remove the fragrance vial from the fragrance mechanism.
After the fragrance is successfully installed, enter the Air Conditioning Settings interface from
the center display, tap Fragrance, and on this interface, you can control
whether the fragrance system is on/off, adjust the concentration of the corresponding fragrance, and select
fragrances with different scents.
Warning香氛警告
Keep the fragrance cartridge out of the reach of children to prevent them from swallowing
it accidentally, as this may be detrimental to their health.
Do not allow your child to insert their finger into the fragrance holder. Doing so may
result in injury.
To ensure your safety, do not insert or replace the fragrance cartridge while driving.
If you or any passenger feels discomfort, disable the fragrance system immediately.
Caution香氛注意
Please check the expiration date before inserting the fragrance cartridge. The fragrance
has a shelf life of one year if the bottle remains unopened; after the bottle is opened, the
fragrance can last three months. Stop using the fragrance and replace it after it expires.
Some fragrances (e.g. Wild) have a stimulating effect. Please use it only when needed.
When replacing the fragrance cartridge, keep your hands clean to ensure the fragrance
system can function normally after it is replaced.
A magnet is placed in each fragrance holder. Keep your smart phone, tablet and other
electronic devices away from the holder to avoid any interference between electronic devices and the
fragrance system.
Chemical reactions may occur between the fragrance and organic substances. Keep the
ceramic fragrance stuck in the fragrance cartridge and away from all plastic parts.
Note香氛说明
The experience with the fragrance system may vary depending to the cabin temperature, fan
speed, and user’s physical condition.
Only purchase genuine ceramic fragrance sticks and avoid damaging the fragrance cartridge
to ensure its quality.
If the fragrance cartridge cannot be identified after it is inserted, please try again.
NOMI Smart Assistant
The vehicle smart assistant, NOMI, is placed above the vehicle center console. You and your
passengers can easily control different features by simply talking to NOMI, your thoughtful helper during
the journey.
After you've entered the car, NOMI will greet you warmly. Whenever you need NOMI, say the wake-up
words "Hi, NOMI" or press the voice button on the right side of the steering wheel. After NOMI responds,
just say what you have to say (see some examples below ). When the conversation ends or the designated
request has been completed, NOMI will automatically enter standby mode. Whenever necessary, you can always
wake up NOMI again.
Tell NOMI your opinion about the different features of the car by saying "I want to give
feedback." NOMI will record your feedback for up to 60 seconds and send it to our product expert team,
together with the necessary information, including your vehicle ID, account ID, and time stamp. The
recording will be sent after the countdown.
Please find some examples of NOMI commands here, including but not limited to the listed
function:
Topic
Voice command examples
Climate
"Climate control on"
"Turn off the fan"
"Defrost mode on"
Lights
"Change ambient light to green"
"Turn on the resding lights"
"Turn off all lights"
Comfort
"Fold the mirrors"
"I want seat heating"
"Open my window by 10%"
"Close all windows"
"Pet mode on"
"Turn on parking camera"
Media
"Play music"
"Play favorites"
"Play 'Blinding lights' on Tidal"
"Next song"
"Repeat"
"Pause"
"Play radio"
"Increase volume"
Navigation
"Mute navigation"
"Go to [address]"
"Drive me to a hospital"
"find me a coffee shop"
"End navigation"
"Find a charging station"
"I need a power swap station"
"Mute navigation"
Phone
"Accep the call"
"Decline the call"
"Call [contact name]"
"Call back"
Others
"Mute system"
"Mute yourself"
"Unmute"
"Turn on Bluetooth"
"Take a picture"
"Increase the cenrtal screen brightnes"
WarningPrecautions for NOMI
Do not allow NOMI and its base to come into contact with liquids, acidic or alkaline
solutions, dust, fibers, magnetic substances, or other similar materials.
Do not attempt to dismantle or repair NOMI and its base on your own.
Do not apply excessive force to push, pull, or twist NOMI. Refrain from impeding the
movement of NOMI with external pressure.
Do not attempt to remove NOMI and its base by yourself.
To prevent damaging NOMI hardware, do not install hard helmets or caps on it. In the
event of an accident, it will help you avoid personal injury.
Music
You can go to the Media interface from the main interface of the center display to select the
program for listening to music:
Select "Tidal" to discover and listen to your favorite music. You can also use it to build
a library of your preferred songs or albums.
Insert a USB flash disk into the USB port in your vehicle to play the music in the USB
flash disk.
After a mobile device is connected to your vehicle's Bluetooth, you can select "Bluetooth
Music" to play the music in the mobile device.
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display,
and tap Sound to set the volume for media music. Select "Sound Mode" to set
the sound field effect in the passenger compartment. If necessary (for example, when a child is sleeping
in the rear row), the rear mute feature can be turned on.
You can select your navigation route on the navigation interface from the main page of the
center display. If you have previously sent a navigation route through your mobile app, the selected
navigation route will be displayed automatically when the center display is turned on.
Tap to set navigation options, such as
route preference, navigation voice broadcast, and map display mode.
Photos
Photographing
NOMI can capture your selfies inside the car upon request. The center display's Photos application is where videos or photos are stored. To transfer them, use a
USB cable.
Photos
You can access Photos in the application center on the center
display and see all the photos in it. You can select the ones to be exported or deleted. There are various
categories of photos: All/Digital Video Recorder (DVR)/Smart Guardian/Quick Video
Recording/Selfie/Screenshot, and more.
Phone
When your mobile phone's Bluetooth is successfully paired with your vehicle's Bluetooth, the
on-board Bluetooth phone feature can be used after your vehicle is authorized on your mobile phone to
synchronize your mobile phone contacts and recent calls. You can see the Phone interface on the main
interface or on the application center in the center display.
When your contacts and recent calls in your mobile phone are synchronized to your vehicle, you
can choose a specific contact or recent call or enter a phone number directly to make a call. You can switch
between private mode and hands-free mode during a call.
You can browse your recent calls, or switch to other Bluetooth phone devices or hide your recent
calls in the dialing interface.
Connect to Mobile Device
You can connect mobile devices (such as mobile phones, tablets) to the vehicle through interior
Bluetooth or Wireless hotspots, and the center display can synchronize the entertainment features (such as
phone contacts, music) in the mobile device with your confirmation, which is convenient for you to better
experience the entertainment features inside the vehicle. When you connect the same mobile device to the
vehicle the next time, it can be automatically synchronized to the center display without reconfirmation.
Tap the Bluetooth/Wireless hotspot icon at the top of the center display to select the
Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot you want to connect to:
Turn on the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi feature on your mobile device (mobile phone or tablet).
Turn on the Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot feature on the center display.
Select the mobile device you want to connect to on the current interface of the center
display, and manually pair it with the vehicle to connect.
You can also quickly connect to Bluetooth and Wireless hotspot with one tap on the central
control wireless charging board (only for some mobile phone models):
Turn on the NFC and Bluetooth/Wi-Fi features on the phone.
Place your phone on the wireless charging board of the center console.
Open the Bluetooth or Hotspot interface on the center display, and select "One-tap quick
connection through the mobile NFC feature".
Note进行蓝牙或热点连接过程中请勿移开手机。
Do not remove your phone from the charging pad when it is connected to the vehicle via
Bluetooth or Hotspot.
Tide
Tide is a physical and psychological health app that helps you sleep, meditate, relax, and stay
focused. Inspired by travels, nature and meditation, Tide provides a wealth of audio resources such as
sounds of nature and meditation exercises to help you escape from the fast-paced world for a quiet space of
peace, where you can meditate for a while to relax your mind and sleep better with less anxiety and stress
while staying focused and calm.
Tide offers three modes, namely Nap, Meditation, and Breathing.
Nap Mode
You and your family can fall asleep to the sounds of nature in the vehicle and wake up to a
soft alarm to embrace a beautiful world.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Nap page where sound scenarios and alarm time for the nap can be set and
memorized for the specific account.
Nap by Time: You can set a nap countdown to wake you up at the set time. You can also
choose to continue or end the nap upon the alarm.
Nap by Charge: If the vehicle is in the DC charging process, you can set a battery level
within the charging limit to have a nap until the set level is reached.
More settings are
provided, including volumes and timed playback of sleep aid sounds, alarm clock sounds and volumes,
and seat position restoration switch upon the end of nap.
Set sleep aid
sound scenarios.
After the vehicle enters the Nap Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows
and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable
for a nap, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. If you sit in a front seat, the seat will
automatically move to the relax position (if set previously) or the default position. NOMI will enter the
Do Not Disturb Mode to create a relaxing atmosphere for you. After the nap ends, the vehicle will restore
the settings before the nap.
Caution小憩模式-无长滑轨
Before entering the Nap Mode, make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the power
swap mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Nap Mode to ensure safety.
A fault with the climate control system may compromise the comfort during the nap.
When the front seats are moving backward at the beginning of the nap, pay attention to
the space for occupants on rear seats.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less
than 60 km. The time alarm will be triggered automatically when the remaining range is less than
30 km, and the charging alarm will be triggered automatically when the charging connector is
disconnected or the charging runs into a fault, to remind you to check the battery level.
The vehicle will automatically exit the Nap Mode under certain circumstances, for
example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is
in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, the climate
control is faulty, and the account is switched. In this case, the seats cannot be automatically
restored to the positions before the nap.
Meditation Mode
The Meditation Mode provides an immersive experience to give your brain break, so that you can
feel your inner self and your surroundings and reduce your physical and mental exhaustion.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Meditation page where sound scenarios and sound volumes for the
meditation can be set and memorized for the specific account.
After the vehicle enters the Meditation Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with
windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature
comfortable for meditation, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. NOMI will enter the Do
Not Disturb Mode to create an immersive and quiet atmosphere for you. After the meditation ends, the
vehicle will restore the settings before the meditation.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle
range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap
mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Breathing Mode
The Breathing Mode helps you learn how to breathe properly, calm yourself down, and relieve
stress.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Breathing page where breathing scenarios and background sound scenarios
and volumes can be set and memorized for the specific account.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle
range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap
mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Smart Action
You can tap Smart Action in the application launcher on the center
display to freely combine apps for customized scenarios, or enter the Square interface to enjoy a
personalized and automated intelligent experience using the recommended Smart Action templates.
Actions that support custom shortcuts include: time, media, weather, cabin comfort, driving,
charge, doors, windows, seats, lighting, system settings and applications, and other common settings. You
can also share custom scenarios with friends.
Instrument Cluster Indicators
If the following indicators do not light up or go out normally, please contact the NIO Service
Center for assistance immediately.
Symbol on Instrument Cluster Display
Description
Automatic high and low beam control indicator
High beam indicator
Autohold indicator
Position lights indicator
Low beam indicator
Front fog lights indicator
Vehicle ready indicator
Left turn signal indicator
Right turn signal indicator
Rear fog lights indicator
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS) off indicator
Brake system fault indicator
Electronic stability control system on/fault indicator
Low battery indicator of high-voltage battery
Exceeding speed limit prompt or speed limit mode malfunction indicator
Trailer connection status indicator
Intelligent headlight malfunction indicator
Electronic stability control system off indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system fault/start self-inspection
indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system indicator for no face detected
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist off indicator
Speed Limit Warning off indicator
Limited power warning light
Anti-lock braking system fault warning light
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) warning light
High-voltage battery cut-off warning light
Autonomatic Emergency Brake (AEB)/Forward Collision Warning (FCW) off and fault warning
light
Hands-off reminder status indicator
Charging cable connected indicator
Electronic parking brake indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) status indicator
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert fault warning light
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) fault
warning light
Driver Assistance fault warning light
Speed limit feature fault warning light
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion fault warning light
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist fault warning light
Controls on Center Display
Front Center Display
After you or authorized users log in, the vehicle's center display can help you easily access
rich personal resources such as music, navigation, and radio stations. You can also customize your
favorite content and store it in your personal account. The personalized content saved in your account can
be displayed the next time you login in to your account. You can switch different accounts freely in your
vehicle, and the customized content for different accounts will be presented to you.
You can select different features (media, navigation, etc.) on the main interface of the center
display. The features are as follows:
Prompt Bar
Displays prompt messages, warning messages, warning icons, etc.
Tile Feature Menu
Press+hold to switch to different feature tiles, such as music, weather, etc.
Main Interface
To return to the main interface, tap this button or five-finger pinch on any interface of
the center display.
Vehicle Settings
Configure the settings for common features.
You can also swipe right from the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Access
interface. On this interface, you can access frequently used features quickly and customize quick
access features.
Air Conditioning and Comfort Feature Interface
Quickly set the air conditioning, seats, and comfort features here.
Application Center
Select different applications, such as weather and photos.
Volume Settings
Quickly set the system and media volume.
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder(EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to
record the data of some collisions or the conditions similar to a collision, such as airbag deployment or
collision with obstacles on the road; these data can help to check the operation status of the vehicle's
systems.
The EDR on this vehicle can temporarily or permanently store technical information such as
vehicle status, events and faults. These technical information can usually record the following status of
components, modules, systems and environments:
Status information of the vehicle and its individual components, such as vehicle speed,
acceleration and vehicle identification code.
Feature status of important system components, such as seat belt buckles.
Vehicle reaction under special conditions, such as the triggering of airbags and the
intervention of electronic stability program (ESP).
Data of a period of time before and after a collision accident, such as braking,
acceleration, steering operation, accident occurrence time, deployment information of occupant
protection devices, seat belt status information, etc.
These data help to better check the conditions when a collision or an injury occurs.
In EDR, the recording of vehicle speed comes from the brake control unit.
These data are only of natural attributes, which are used to identify and eliminate faults and
optimize vehicle features, and the motion characteristics of road sections passed cannot be created based on
these data. When carrying out service work such as repair and maintenance, service personnel and the
manufacturer can read these technical data from the event and fault data memory by using a special
diagnostic device. After the fault is eliminated, the information in the fault memory can be deleted or
overwritten continuously.
When the vehicle is being used, these technical parameters and other information related to the
vehicle, such as accident records, vehicle damage, evidence, etc. (which may require the intervention of
professionals), can be read by using a diagnostic device in a NIO Service Center.
If the EDR system does not have enough space to record an event, the current event data will
overwrite the previous unlocked event data, but the overwriting should be in a chronological order. A locked
event will not be overwritten by subsequent events.
NoteNIO在未经车主允许的情况下不会将数据记录系统的信息透露给第三方人员使用。
NIO will not disclose any information recorded in the system to a third party without your
permission or consent.
System Update
Your vehicle comes with a remote upgrade system. When the vehicle is connected to the Internet,
you can go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap General > System Update to upgrade the vehicle system software. and keep your
vehicle features up to date. You will be notified by a message when a software update is available. You can
choose to start the upgrade immediately or schedule a time for upgrade (the vehicle can automatically start
upgrading at the appointed time). During the upgrade, the center display will show the time needed to
complete the process (which depends on the size of the upgrade package).
CautionDo not perform system upgrades while the vehicle is in charging process.
The system upgrade function is only available for the vehicle owner's account.
The system upgrade can only be carried out when the vehicle is in the parked state (in the
P gear) and connected to the network.
The system upgrade process will consume a certain amount of power. Before the system
upgrade, please ensure that the battery level of the vehicle is greater than 20% and your trip has
been reasonably planned.
If the system upgrade is performed for the vehicle during the charging process, the
charging process will stop automatically. After the system upgrade is completed, you can resume the
charging process manually.
During the system upgrade process, the vehicle can also be unlocked/locked with the
NFC/mobile Bluetooth key in addition to the smart key. The vehicle cannot be driven.
System upgrades may result in updates or additions of some features, as well as changes in
the usage habits of certain features. Please read the upgrade instructions carefully to understand the
updated or added features after the system upgrade is completed. Please use the updated function with
caution if you are unfamiliar with it to avoid personal injury or property damage due to a
misoperation.
If the system upgrade cannot be started or is not completed successfully, please contact
the NIO service center immediately.
Do not modify vehicle components or software by yourself to avoid personal injury or
property damage due to a system upgrade failure.
Resetting All Settings
When you need to sell the vehicle, you can erase all content and settings by entering Settings
from the bottom of the center display, and tap General > Reset All
Settings.
The following data and settings will be erased, including vehicle settings (such as settings for
seats, side mirrors, and climate control), driving settings (such as ADAS and driving mode), NOMI settings,
system settings (such as time and date), navigation settings, media playlists, and photos & videos.
Caution 恢复出厂设置
Reset All Settings is only accessible to the main user and must be performed while the
vehicle is not in motion.
During the reset, the instrument cluster and center display will go dark and flash. Do not
drive the vehicle at this time because it may cause unanticipated consequences.
After the reset, the vehicle will be returned to inactive status and must be reactivated
before it may be used.
All application data and system settings will be reset following a reset. All images and
videos stored in this vehicle will be deleted. It is recommended that users back up any necessary
files in advance. You can access Photos from the application center on
the center display, choose the files you wish to save, and then tap Export to USB
drive.
Reset All Settings will not delete the user's personal cloud data, such as driving
preferences, frequently visited destinations in Navigation and music playlists.
Basic Operations
Starting the Vehicle
The vehicle can get ready to drive when the following conditions are met:
The driver is seated.
Close the driver door or press the brake pedal.
The driver can start the vehicle in many ways such as with the Smart Key, NFC card, and mobile
phone NFC.
If the mobile phone NFC or NFC card is used, place the mobile phone with the NFC key or NFC
card on the wireless charging board, keep the mobile phone unlocked and fit it into the wireless charging
board, and then try to engage the gear and start the vehicle.
Caution 使用NFC启动时,请确保手机或卡片钥匙处于无线充电面板处。
When using NFC for vehicle startup, ensure that your phone or card key is placed on the
wireless charging board.
In case of a collision, the impact force is transmitted to the driver’s lower leg through the
accelerator pedal, causing personal injury. Therefore, the accelerator pedal has a fracture limiter
groove to protect the driver’s legs and personal safety.
In unexpected situations where a great lateral external force is applied to the vehicle, the
accelerator pedal may break due to the limiter groove design.
Gear Shifting
After pressing the brake pedal and toggling the gear shifter into the D or R gear, the digital
instrument cluster displays ,
indicating that power output is ready. After shifting the gear, the digital instrument cluster will
display the real-time gear position of the vehicle. If the shifting fails, the digital instrument cluster
will prompt you to confirm the current gear.
You can use the P-R-D gear shifter to control gear switching, including:
Drive gear (D gear): used in normal drive mode.
Reverse gear (R gear): can only be engaged in the parking state.
Parking gear (P gear): prevents slipping in the parking state.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Sound >
Gear Shift Sound to enable or disable the ringer and alerts.
For example, the vehicle can be switched to Neutral (N) gear in specific conditions such as
while pushing the vehicle and automatic washing.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display), and tap Driving and
Parking > N (NEUTRAL) to enable or disable Neutral (N) gear.
Be sure to confirm the gear position on the digital instrument cluster after shifting, and
re-shift the gear if the digital instrument cluster indicates a different gear than intended.
Caution只有在停车状态且踩下制动踏板时,才能挂入驻车挡(P挡)。
The Park (P) gear can only be engaged while the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal
is depressed.
Before leaving the vehicle or parking it on a slope, please ensure that the Park (P) gear
is engaged. If no gear position is displayed on the instrument cluster, the vehicle may move without
control.
Electric Parking Brake
When switching to the Park gear, the parking brake will be automatically activated, and the
digital instrument cluster displays , indicating that the Electric Parking Brake has been enabled.
When locked from the outside of the vehicle, the vehicle's power will be automatically turned
off, and the center display and digital instrument cluster will be shut down at the same time.
You can switch the vehicle to the Park gear in the following ways:
Press the P gear button on the side of the gear selector in the center console.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving
and Parking > EPB to park.
When the digital instrument cluster displays , it indicates that the brake system is faulty. Please drive carefully and
contact the NIO Service Center for maintenance.
Feature Settings
Autohold
Autohold is to keep the vehicle stationary for temporary parking when the brake pedal is
released.
During the driving process, when you press the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a stop,
pressing the brake pedal further will activate the Autohold feature.
The icon is displayed
on the digital instrument cluster when the Autohold feature is activated. When it is activated, you can
step on the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal to deactivate Autohold.
Caution当车辆处于后退挡(R 挡)时,自动激活的驻车方式不生效。仍需使用深踩激活的方式驻车。
The Autohold mode will not be enabled when the vehicle is in REVERSE (R gear). You still
need to use Full Press Activation to park.
You can also floor the brake pedal to activate Autohold in an emergency.
You can also activate Autohold when parking on an uphill road, where the braking system will
provide sufficient braking force to keep the vehicle stationary in accordance with the gradient of the
slope.
Caution坡度不得超过20%。
The gradient of the slope should not exceed 20%.
Emergency Braking
In the event of a brake pedal failure, you can activate Emergency Braking by pressing the P
gear button, which will produce full braking deceleration under normal circumstances to stop the vehicle.
Press+hold the P gear button to activate Emergency Braking.
Release the P gear button, or step on the accelerator pedal to deactivate Emergency
Braking. To re-activate Emergency Braking, you will need to press the button again.
Caution 只有遇到制动踏板失灵或卡滞等紧急情况,才需要激活应急制动功能。
The Emergency Braking feature should only be activated in emergency situations, such as
brake pedal failure or sticking.
When you drive on large curves, uneven roads, or icy and snowy roads in winter, activating
the emergency braking feature may cause your vehicle to spin or slip. Please drive with caution.
Hill Start Assist
Hill Start Assist prevents your vehicle from rolling backwards when starting uphill.
When your foot switches from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal, the pressure on the
brake pedal will be maintained in the brake system for a maximum of 2 seconds. The temporary braking
effect will disappear after 2 seconds or when you accelerate.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert
After the vehicle stops by following the lead vehicle, if the lead vehicle drives away, Lead
Vehicle Start Alert will send you a reminder.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver
Assistance > Lead Vehicle Start Alert to turn this feature on or off.
With this feature enabled in the manual driving mode, if you do not follow after the lead
vehicle starts, the vehicle will remind you.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert serves as a reference only and cannot substitute your visual
observation. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, and drive at
an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and regulations.
Drive Mode
There are five basic drive modes on the vehicle: Sport+, Sport, Comfort, Eco, and Custom. You can
change the Acceleration, Regenerative Braking, Steering Force, and Climate control settings using the modes.
Drive modes can be selected to alter the vehicle's driving characteristic, improve your driving
experience, or accommodate your unique driving requirements in special cases.
Sport+
Sport
Comfort
Eco
Custom
Acceleration
4s
5.9s
7.9s
9.9s
4s, 5.9s, 7.9s, 9.9s, 12.9s
Regenerative Braking
Low
Low
Low
Standard
Standard, Low, Very Low
Steering Force
Steady
Standard
Comfort
Comfort
Steady, Standard, Comfort
Climate control
Standard
Standard
Standard
Eco
Standard, Eco
Note: Sport+, Sport, Comfort and Eco modes are customizable except for acceleration
performance.
In Eco mode, the system will prioritize the saving of energy consumption for your vehicle.
Compared with other drive modes, the comfortableness of the air conditioning is slightly poor. If necessary,
you can set a higher or lower temperature than what is set in other modes manually.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Drive mode to enter the settings.
Scenario Assist
Snow Mode
Snow mode is appropriate for snow-covered roads, low-traction roads with a mixture of wet
asphalt, snow, and ice, as well as slippery grass.
When the mode is activated, the vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly
to the front and rear wheels, and the accelerator pedal is relatively gentle, so as to guarantee a smooth
start and to avoid slipping on slippery surfaces such as ice, which secures the driving through snowy
terrain.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Snow Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Snow Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still drive
with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your vehicle speed. Pay
attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your vehicle to avoid
damaging your vehicle.
Wet Mode
Wet Mode is appropriate for slick hard asphalt or flooded roads, as well as congested, slick
sand and mud conditions.
Wet Mode increases stability and smoothness of the vehicle when starting, braking, and
cornering. The vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly to the front and rear wheels
and with extremely low regenerative braking.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Wet Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Wet Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still
drive with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your vehicle
speed. Pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your
vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Do not drive your vehicle onto muddy or swampy roads to avoid getting stuck or
trapped.
Sand Mode
Sand Mode is appropriate for congested hard roadbed sandy soil and Gobi road surfaces.
Sand Mode smooths out the vehicle's starting and braking, allowing for some side-to-side
slippage while preventing bogging and retaining forward ability. To improve driving enjoyment in sandy
conditions, the vehicle retains all-wheel drive with increased power delivery to the rear axle, more
aggressive power delivery, and vehicle stability control with extremely low regenerative braking.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Sand Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Sand Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still
drive with caution, and pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding
environment of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Please do not drive your vehicle into soft deserts and seaside beaches to avoid
getting stuck.
Trailer Mode
The vehicle automatically detects trailer connection and adjusts settings such as suspension
height, rearview mirror angle, driver assistance, and safety features to adapt to the towing scenario.
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Tow
Hitch. This will extend the tow hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be
active. When you connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you
confirm. Trailer Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually
enable or exit Trailer Mode, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display and tap Driving and Parking > Trailer Mode. One of the following
indicators is displayed on the instrument cluster at this time:
Icon
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is
not activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer lights.
Some or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as
possible and check the wiring or connection of the trailer lights for faults. If the problem has
been resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it
on again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing
so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match
the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick
sensors, easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter
the Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted
to normal.
ECO+ Mode
The power consumption of the vehicle can be reduced to attain greater range by disabling
features that are not required for driving to meet the driving needs at the minimum.
In ECO+ Mode, the vehicle's top speed is constrained, driver assistance and other features are
momentarily inaccessible, and comfort features like air conditioning and ambient lighting are also
restricted.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > ECO+ Mode to turn this feature on or off.
You can switch to any regular drive mode or exit the ECO+ Mode by tapping the button again.
Pet Mode
When the vehicle is put in P gear, go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Pet Mode to turn it on. You can keep your pets in
your vehicle when necessary. After locking the vehicle and leaving, it will maintain an appropriate
temperature inside the vehicle, ensuring the safety of both your pet and the vehicle. You can manually
disable the Pet Mode through the central control screen or the mobile App whenever needed.
After you set the Pet Mode to ON, when you successfully lock your vehicle, the air conditioning
air volume, the ventilation mode and the internal and external circulation will enter automatic mode (the
temperature in your vehicle is 22 ℃ by default and can be manually set). The center display will display the
cabin temperature and a prompt stating that pets have been intentionally left in the vehicle. The brightness
of the instrument cluster will be adjusted to the minimum, and the brightness of the center display will be
adjusted to 50%. At this time, the NOMI voice wake-up feature will be disabled, the window adjustment button
will not be available, and the child locks will be activated for the rear doors and windows to ensure the
safety of your pets and vehicle.
The Pet Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the
previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution宠物模式
Pet Mode is only for the temporary placement of pets. Please do not leave children
alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Pet Mode simultaneously with Power-Keep Mode or Camping
Mode.
After Pet Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are temporarily
unavailable. They can be reactivated after Pet Mode is exited and your vehicle is locked.
After Pet Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be
performed for your vehicle.
Pet Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear and all four doors are
closed. If your vehicle is in N gear, Pet Mode cannot be activated.
After Pet Mode is activated, you will be prompted with a message that your pets are in
your vehicle through your mobile App every two hours. If the current remainder range of your
vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not being charged, you will be prompted by a message;
if the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 10 kilometers, Pet Mode will be
automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect your pets.
If the high-voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal, Pet
Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect
your pets.
Power-Keep Mode
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and
Parking > Power-Keep Mode to turn the mode on. When you temporarily need to leave the vehicle
(such as for buying coffee or breakfast), enabling the Power-Keep Mode can maintain the current comfortable
environment inside the vehicle.
You can set the duration for the Power-Keep Mode, and after reaching the set time, the vehicle
will automatically exit this mode.
When the Power-Keep Mode is enabled and you successfully lock the vehicle, it will retain the
current status of the lights, air conditioning, seats, windshield wipers, and other features. Alternatively,
it can also restore the previous state before you left the vehicle automatically once the mode is exited.
The Power-Keep Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain
the previous functional settings even if the account is switched.
Caution离车不下电模式
Power-Keep Mode is only designed to maintain a comfortable interior climate during a
temporary walk-away. Do not leave children and pets alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Power-Keep Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Camping
Mode.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are
temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Power-Keep Mode is exited and your vehicle
is locked.
Power-Keep Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear. If your vehicle
is in N gear, Power-Keep Mode cannot be activated.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot
be performed for your vehicle.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not
being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle
is less than 10 kilometers, Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
If the high-voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal,
Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
Camping Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings interface on the left side of the control bar
at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Camping
Mode to turn on the camping mode. When you need to use the in-car power supply for a long time
(e.g. when camping outdoors), a safe and comfortable camping experience will be achieved. You can manually
turn off the Camping Mode on the center display or in the mobile App when needed.
When Camping Mode is on, the air conditioning is turned on, with front and rear row temperature
at 25℃ by default, the air circulation is turned on, the air purification is adjusted to Silent mode, at the
same time, all screens inside the car go off according to the screen off delay time you set, the interior
lighting and doors/windows are adjusted according to the setting options, and the Hands-Free Liftgate
feature is automatically turned off. NOMI enters Do Not Disturb mode at the same time.
The Camping Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the
previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution露营模式
It is not possible to activate Camping Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Power-Keep
Mode.
Camping Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear. If your vehicle is
in N gear, Camping Mode cannot be activated.
After Camping Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are
temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Camping Mode is exited and your vehicle is
locked.
After Camping Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be
performed for your vehicle, and the features of Walk Up Unlock and Walk Away Lock will be
temporarily turned off. They will be resumed after exiting the Camping Mode. In this mode, it is
recommended to turn on the air conditioning to maintain air circulation.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not
being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle
is less than 10 kilometers, Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be
opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on and the car is locked from inside, if someone opens the door
from inside and leaves the car, the center display in the car will light up, and a message will be
displayed to remind anyone left in the car of the vehicle's unlocked status.
If the high-voltage system or Climate Control system of your vehicle is abnormal,
Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on, the Hands-Free Liftgate feature will be automatically turned
off.
Digital Video Recorder
The Digital Video Recorder feature includes Rolling Recording, Emergency Recording and Quick
Video Recording.
Caution停车下电后,行车记录仪不再工作。
The DVR will cease to function when the vehicle is powered off.
Rolling Recording
The recording angle of Digital Video Recorder includes the main view angle and the front, rear,
left, right and surround view angles, supporting simultaneous recording and real-time previews.
Main view: only records the main view angle of the camera, which supports a maximum
resolution of 3,840x1,696 and has a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
Five-view: records all view angles of the camera, with four surround-view cameras that
support a maximum resolution of 1,280×1,000 and have a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
The longest continuous rolling recording time for the main view angle of Digital Video Recorder
is about 10 hours, and 5.7 hours for the five-view angle. When the corresponding time is exceeded, the
original video file will be overwritten.
The contents of the Rolling Recording will be stored in the Photos >
DVR > Rolling Recording folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage
device such as a USB flash drive, select the video file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Safety >
DVR to enable or disable this feature.
When the feature is enabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the feature is disabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the Digital Video Recorder feature is enabled, the camera will be turned on and continue
to record rolling videos until the video recording is terminated.
The Digital Video Recorder supports watermarking features, which are disabled by default and
need to be enabled manually.
In the Settings for the recording interface of the Digital Video Recorder , tap Driving Data Embeddingto enable or disable the
feature.
Emergency Recording
The Emergency Recording feature can record video images in the vehicle's memory. If the
Autonomous Emergency Brake is triggered or the airbag is deployed, the emergency video will be recorded
and saved.
The emergency videos include clips recorded 30 seconds before the emergency and 60 seconds
after the emergency. The contents of the emergency video recording will be stored in the Photos > DVR > Emergencies folder. If you want to save a specific video
file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in
the storage device.
Quick Video Recording
You can use the Quick Video Recording feature to promptly record and save the ongoing events.
Go to the Quick Access interface by swiping right on the home interface of the center display,
tap Quick Video Record to start recording, while is displayed at the top of the center display.
The Quick Video Recording saves clips recorded 30 seconds before and 60 seconds after it is
triggered. The contents of the emergency video recording will be stored in the Photos
> DVR > Emergencies folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage
device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
The storage space for emergency videos will not be cyclically overwritten, and manual
cleaning is required when the storage space is full. Otherwise, the video recording feature will be
affected.
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
When your vehicle is traveling at low speeds (typically lower than 30 km/h), it emits a sound to
alert other road users in the surrounding area, such as pedestrians and other vehicles.
Seat Belts
Seat Belt Instructions
Seat belts are the primary passenger safety protection system which can protect passengers from
serious injury in the event of an accident especially when used with airbags.
There are pretensioning devices for both the front and both outer rear seats of the vehicle.
This kind of device provides a certain pretension force for the seat belt in the event of a serious
collision. They retract part of the seat belt quickly to protect passengers reliably. At the same time,
they prevent excessive restraint force of the seat belts that could cause injury to passengers.
Warning不系安全带或未正确佩戴安全带可能带来严重的人员伤亡,请务必正确佩戴安全带。
If the seat belt is not fastened or correctly fastened, serious injury or death may
occur as a result. Always fasten your seat belt correctly.
Do not unfasten your seat belt while your vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, serious
injury may occur in the event of an accident.
Please keep your seat belt clean, and avoid blocking the socket with foreign objects.
Otherwise, the seat belt will not be able to be buckled reliably.
Before use, please check your seat belt and its fixing mechanism carefully for damage
and aging. If there is any damage, never continue using it, and replace your seat belt
immediately.
Do not repair damaged seat belts by yourself. Do not remove or install seat belts by
yourself under any circumstances.
Do not share one seat belt with another person (such as holding a child), or it may
cause secondary injury to passengers in the event of an accident.
A seat belt that is stretched and deformed during an accident has lost its safety
protection feature. Even if its surface is not damaged, it shall be replaced immediately.
Once the pretension force limiting device of the seat belt is triggered during an
accident, it shall be replaced immediately. In some accidents, even if the pretension force
limiting device is not triggered, it is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for inspection
and have it replaced if necessary.
Please do not tilt your backrest too far back. Otherwise, the protective function of
your seat belt will be seriously affected.
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
All seats in your vehicle are equipped with seat belts.
When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver's seat (and the driver's door is closed or the
brake pedal is depressed) or your vehicle is driving, if the front passenger does not fasten his/her seat
belt, the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light on the digital instrument cluster will illuminate to remind you and the front passenger
to fasten his/her seat belt immediately.
When a front row seat belt is not fastened:
If your vehicle speed is higher than 22 km/h and his/her seat belt is still not fastened,
the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light will flash and the warning chime will sound. After his/her
seat belt is fastened, the warning light and warning chime will disappear;
If the seat belt remains unfastened, the warning chime will stop after 95 seconds, but
the warning light will be steadily on.
When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver's seat (and the driver's door is closed or the
brake pedal is depressed), if a rear row passenger does not fasten his/her seat belt, the corresponding
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light on the digital instrument cluster will illuminate to remind the rear row passenger to
fasten his/her seat belt immediately. The warning light will go out after the seat belt is fastened.
When a rear row seat belt is not fastened:
If your vehicle speed is higher than 22 km/h and a rear row passenger releases his/her
seat belt, the warning chime will sound at the same time when the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
illuminates. This warning light will go out after all seat belts are fastened.
If the rear row seat belt remains unfastened, the warning chime will stop after 33
seconds, but the warning light will be steadily on.
Warning若安全带未系报警功能异常,请勿使用相关座椅,并请立即联系服务中心检查安全带功能。
If the seat belt reminder malfunctions, do not use the seat and contact NIO immediately for
inspection.
Use of Seat Belts
The correct use of seat belt is as follows:
Pull the seat belt tongue across the front of your body. The upper part of the seat belt
shall be across your shoulder, and the lower part of the seat belt shall be across your hip. Do not
put the seat belt across your neck or abdomen. Insert the tongue into the buckle for the same seat
until you hear a click. Pull the seat belt to confirm that the seat belt is locked.
Press and hold the seat belt height adjustment button and move the seat belt up and down
to adjust the seat belt height. After the seat belt reaches a comfortable height, release the
adjustment button. After the height is adjusted, pull the seat belt shoulder part to confirm that
the seat belt is locked.
To release the seat belt, press the red button at the buckle, and the tongue will pop out. Now
the seat belt can be retracted by hand. The tongue can be rolled back automatically into the upper fixing
device of the seat belt.
Ensure that the backrest and head restraint are positioned correctly before wearing a
seat belt, so that the seat belt can protect the occupant to the fullest extent possible.
A seat belt that is either too loose or too tight can cause injury if a collision occurs.
For a pregnant occupant, the seat belt must rest evenly across the chest and as low and
flat as possible across the hips. Failure to do so can cause severe injury to both the unborn fetus
and the mother if the seat belt tightens in the event of an accident.
Airbag
Airbag Instructions
Airbags are a supplementary restraint system that works with the seat belts. Airbags quickly
deploy in serious accidents to protect the head and chest of passengers and reduce the severity of injury.
However, they do not prevent limb injuries or scrapes and bruises. Therefore, the airbags should be used
together with the seat belt to provide maximum protection.
Your vehicle is equipped with collision sensors. In case of a frontal or side collision that
meets the conditions (depending on the type, angle and object of collision) for the airbag system to
deploy, the airbags will deploy from their position. The gas generator inside the airbag will ignite and
release gas at high pressure to blow open the cover of the airbag. Gas will fill the airbag to form a
buffer protection layer that protects passengers, thereby reducing the risk of injury or death.
The vehicle airbag system includes frontal airbags and side airbags. The word "AIRBAG" is
marked on the places where the airbag is placed to remind you that there is an airbag herein.
The front airbags include the front row head airbags, which are located in the trim cover
of the steering wheel and at the instrument panel on the front passenger side respectively;
The side airbags include the front side airbags (located on both sides of the driver's seat
and the outside of the front passenger seat) and the curtain airbags (located above the doors on both
sides, in the ceiling area from the A-pillar to the C-pillar).
Airbags are a supplementary restraint system and cannot replace seat belts. The airbag
can only maximize your safety when used in conjunction with the seat belt. Thus, all occupants
should always correctly wear their seat belt and sit in the correct position.
The driver should sit at least 25 cm away from the steering wheel, since the airbag may
injure the driver when deployed with great force.
Children must not sit in the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is
enabled. In the case of an accident, the impact of the airbag when deployed may cause severe
injury to children.
Do not place any objects on the front passenger seat. These objects will enter the
deployment area and be ejected if the airbag deploys in the event of emergency braking, which may
injure occupants.
The airbag system can only provide protection once. If the airbag has been deployed,
you must have it replaced; during certain accidents, the airbag may not deploy. However, to ensure
that the airbag system works properly, please contact NIO immediately for inspection or
replacement if necessary.
If any damage or fractures are found on the airbag cover, do not use the vehicle and
contact NIO immediately.
If the airbag system has never been deployed for a period of ten years from its
production date, please visit NIO to have it replaced. A record of the airbag system’s replacement
needs to be kept and given to the new owner when the vehicle’s ownership is transferred.
Installing or removing airbag system components, including airbag labels, is
prohibited.
Smoke and fine powder may be produced when the airbag deploys. Even if the fine powder
is nontoxic, it may still make occupants feel uncomfortable.
When using seat covers, avoid the area around the side airbags for the front seats.
Doing so may impair the protective function of the side airbags.
Do not place any objects in the deployment area of the curtain airbags (including
pillars, headliner or handles). Occupants should not lean against the doors. Doing so may result
in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Do not place any hard objects (including clothes hangers, fruits, or glass bottles) on
the garment hooks in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Never place your feet, knees or other body parts on or near the airbag covers. Do not
place or hang any objects on or near the airbag covers. Doing so may impair the functionality of
the airbags and may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never place, hang or install any objects on or near the instrument panel on the
passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never modify the headliner of the vehicle. Doing so may impair the functionality of the
curtain airbags, and result in injury if they deploy.
Never place or hang any heavy or sharp-edged objects on the front passenger sun visor.
Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
The smoke and dust generated during the rapid airbag deployment may cause skin or eye
irritation/scalds/burns, and the airbag fibers may cause skin scratches or burns.
Airbag Deployment Conditions
The airbag may deploy in the following conditions:
High speed frontal impact with a wall or vehicle.
Impact with hard roadbed.
Falling into a deep ditch.
Side impact by a vehicle traveling at a high speed.
Leaving the road surface and then impacting it violently.
The airbags may not deploy in some collision situations, including but not limited to the
following situations. Please use seat belts correctly to protect passengers.
Impact with a tree, column or other slender objects;
Rear collision from a vehicle behind;
Lateral roll;
Collision with or getting stuck under the rear of the truck in front;
A collision with a vehicle from the side at the nose of the vehicle;
A collision with a wall from the side at the nose of the vehicle;
Side collision with a post;
Side collision at the front of the vehicle at a certain angle;
Side collision on the body of the vehicle at a certain angle;
Partial side collision;
Partial side collision.
Airbag Warning Light
The airbag warning light indicating the airbag status is displayed on the digital instrument cluster. If this
warning light is on after the digital instrument cluster is started, please stop using your vehicle and
contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
Deactivating the Front Passenger Airbag
Because the airbag expands rapidly and has a large impact force when it deploys, it is safer
for the front passenger to stay at least 25 cm away from the front airbag. However, if a child or a
passenger with special medical needs must ride in the front row, go to the Settings interface in the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Security > Front Passenger
Airbag, and select the option to turn off the front passenger airbag. At this time, the icon
appears at the top of the center
display to remind you that the front passenger airbag has been disabled to prevent the front passenger
airbag from causing serious injury to the special front passenger.
Safety Measures after Airbag Deployment
When the vehicle has a collision and the airbags deploy, the vehicle will automatically
implement some safety measures to protect the occupants in the vehicle:
Unlock all doors to ensure that passengers in the vehicle or rescue personnel can open
the doors;
Turn on the hazard warning light to show the vehicle position and warn vehicles coming
from behind;
Cut off the high-voltage power supply to protect occupants;
Open the windows to prevent occupants from being trapped if the vehicle falls into water;
Turn off the steering wheel and seat memory features to avoid being adjusted to a
position where the driver is trapped;
Turn on the interior reading lights in the vehicle to facilitate rescue at night.
Child Locks
The child locks are deactivated by default. They need to be set up to be activated. Go to the
Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors to see the settings for the child locks.
Manually Activate and Deactivate Door/Window Child Locks
Tap Rear Door/Window Child Locks. ON represents that this feature is activated, and OFF represents that this feature is deactivated.
If the child lock of the corresponding door/window fails to be activated or deactivated, a
pop-up reminder will appear on the center display. Repeat the above procedure until it is successful.
Caution儿童锁开启时,请勿单独将儿童留在车内,以免造成意外伤害。
When Child Protection Locks are on, please do not leave children unattended in the
vehicle. Doing so may result in injury or death.
After turning on Child Protection Locks, please check their status again.
Child Safety Seat
When a child under 12 years old or with a height less than 1.5 meters rides in your vehicle,
always install a child safety seat or booster cushion. Please have the child sit in the child safety seat or
booster cushion instead of holding him or letting him sit on an adult's lap to fully protect the child.
Only child safety seats that are approved for children and comply with relevant regulations or
standards are allowed to be used. Check the markings on the child safety seat when selecting a child safety
seat. When installing and using a child safety seat, follow the relevant laws and regulations, the
instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer and the instructions on the safety of children in this
user manual.
Important Instructions for Using Child Safety Seats
Proper use of child safety seats will greatly reduce the risk of injury to children and
reduce the severity of injury in accidents. Please be aware of the following when using child safety
seats:
We advise not to install a child safety seat in the middle seat of the rear row.
When installing a seat belt type child safety seat in the front passenger seat, adjust
the front passenger seat to its highest position.
Children must use child safety seats, maintain a correct posture and have their seat
belts fastened during their ride.
Never let your child ride without protection.
One child safety seat cannot be shared by more than one child.
Do not ride with a child in your arms.
Hard or sharp objects may injure a child in an accident. Keep them away from the child
safety seat.
If a rearward-facing child safety seat is installed in the rear seat of your vehicle, it
is necessary to adjust the corresponding front seat forward as appropriate. If a forward-facing
child safety seat is installed on the rear seat of your vehicle, it may be necessary to adjust the
height of the seat headrest.
Children need to be supervised by adults when sitting in child safety seats. Never leave
children alone in your vehicle.
Do not let children stand in your vehicle or kneel on the seat during driving. A standing
or kneeling child could be thrown forward during an accident, which may lead to injury or death to
the child or another passenger.
The instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer on the correct use of the seat
belt must be observed. Proper fastening of seat belts can make full use of the protection afforded
by the child safety seat.
In case of collision or emergency braking, a child safety seat that is not properly
installed and fixed in place could move and injure other passengers in your vehicle. Therefore, even
when the child safety seat is not in use, it must also be properly installed and secured in your
vehicle.
When a child is riding in the child safety seat, do not let him lean his head or body
against the door, the side of the seat or the pillar, or below the roof beam. In case of an
accident, side airbags or curtain airbags will deploy in those areas, increasing the risk of injury
to the child.
Child Safety Seat Grouping
Only a child safety seat that is approved and suitable for the child is allowed to be used.
Children taller than 1.5 meters can use the vehicle seat belts as would an adult. If a child safety seat
needs to be used, it must comply with relevant regulations or standards.
Table 1. CRS Table
Seat position
Driver
1st row passenger
2nd row left
2nd row middle
2nd row right
Passenger Airbag OFF
Passenger Airbag ON
Seating position suitable for universal belts (yes/no)
N/A
Yes (*a)
No
Yes
Yes (*b)
Yes
i-Size seating position (yes/no)
N/A
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Seating position suitable for lateral fixture (L1/L2)*
N/A
No
No
No
No
No
Largest suitable rearward-facing fixture (R1/R2X/R2/R3)*
N/A
No
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
Largest suitable forward-facing fixture (F1/F2X/F2/F3)*
N/A
No
No
F2X/F2/F3
No
F2X/F2/F3
Largest suitable booster cushion fixture (B2/B3)*
N/A
No
No
B2/B3
No
B2/B3
Suitable for support leg
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Note:
*The child seat category is defined according to ECE R16/R44/R129, you can find the
category of child seat on it's specification. The child restraint system must be appropriate to
the age, weight and size of the child.
(a) If it is absolutely necessary for you to install a child seat to the front
passenger seat, be sure to turn passenger airbag off. Adjust front passenger seat to the highest
position before installing universal CRS on it.
(b) It is forbidden to install a child seat with a support base or with a support leg
on the middle seat of the 2 nd row.
Table 2. Recommended Child
Restraints by NIO
Group
Manufacturer
Model
Attachment
0 & 0+
Besafe
iZi Combi X4 ISOfix
ISOFIX mounted with support leg, rearward-facing
Up to 13 kg
I
9-18 kg
II
Cybex
SolutionZ i-Fix
ISOFIX with seat belt, forward-facing
15-25 kg
III
Ossan
UP
With seatbelt, forward-facing
22-36 kg
NIO recommend to put your kids in corresponding CRS on the 2 nd row outer seating position, and CRS should be mounted to vehicle with
ISOFIX, support leg or seatbelt. In order to have the best protection for your younger kids,
kids weight under 18kg please use recommended rearward-facing CRS.
Q6 recommended CRS: Cybex Solution Z i-Fix
Q10 recommended CRS: Osann Up
Selection of Child Safety Seat
There is a warning label for the front row airbag on the sun visor on the front passenger side.
To place a child safety seat in the front row seat, you need to disable the front passenger
airbag. Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Security > Front Passenger Airbag, and turn off the front passenger airbag.
After doing so, the icon appears
at the top of the center display to remind you that the front passenger airbag is disabled.
Children should use a child safety seat or seat belt in either outer rear seat according to the
age, height and weight of the child:
Reclining child safety seats should be used for infants weighing less than 13 kg. They
should be installed rearwards in rear seats whenever possible.
Child safety seats with safety platforms or five-point seat belts should be used for
children with a weight of 9-18 kg. It is recommended to install them rearwards in rear seats.
Forward-facing child safety seats should be used for children with a weight of 15-25 kg.
They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
Child booster cushions should be used for children with a weight of 22-36 kg and a height
less than 1.5 meters. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
The upper belt must lay flat across the shoulder and chest, and never lay across the neck;
the lower belt must lay flat across the pelvis, and never lay across the abdomen.
Installation of Child Safety Seat
Before installing a child safety seat, please read the instructions for the child safety seat
carefully to confirm that it can be installed in your vehicle. If the vehicle seat belt or ISOFIX
connection can be used to fix the child safety seat according to the installation method of the child
safety seat, it is recommended to use the ISOFIX connection preferentially.
Securing with Vehicle Seat Belt
Install the child safety seat in the rear seat, put the vehicle seat belt through the child
safety seat and insert the tongue into the buckle. Make sure that the seat belt is straight, not
twisted. Pull the seat belt to confirm that it cannot be pulled out.
Securing with ISOFIX Connection
Both outer rear seats in your vehicle are equipped with ISOFIX connections suitable for
installing child safety seats. The ISOFIX connection is hidden under the cover between the seat back
and the seat cushion. After opening the cover, insert it into the gap between the seat back and the
cushion, and then use the ISOFIX connection to install the child safety seat.
Lift the cover between the seat back and the seat cushion, and insert the lower part of
the child safety seat into the hook in the ISOFIX connection until you hear a click.
Pass the upper fixing belt of the child safety seat under the seat headrest and connect
it with the hook in the safety device at the back of the rear seat.
Pull the child safety seat hard to check whether it is firmly installed.
The ISOFIX attachment points are designed solely for child safety seats with the ISOFIX
system. To avoid injury, never secure other objects to ISOFIX.
Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and this manual when
installing and removing a child safety seat. Improper usage can result in injury to your child or
other passengers.
Multi Collision Braking (MCB)
Multi Collision Braking (MCB) comes standard on ET5 Touring. In certain types of collisions, the
vehicle's brakes are applied to help prevent or mitigate a secondary collision.
In order to avoid or mitigate a secondary collision, the system applies the brakes automatically
to bring the vehicle to a stop. The brake lights and hazard warning flashers will be activated and the
flashers will remain on after the vehicle has come to a standstill. The electrical parking brake will then
be applied automatically.
In a situation where stopping the vehicle may not be desirable, you can override this operation
by depressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature can only operate when the braking system is sufficiently intact after the collision.
Speed Limit Mode
Speed Limit Mode ensures safety by limiting the maximum driving speed of your vehicle.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Speed Limit Mode to set the maximum driving speed of
your vehicle and turn this feature on or off.
After the feature is enabled, press or press+hold the up and down buttons on the left side of the
steering wheel to quickly adjust the speed limit.
Caution限速模式开启后,车速达到设定值将不再上升;
After Speed Limit Mode is activated, the set speed limit range is 30-180 km/h, and your
vehicle speed will not increase when it reaches the set value;
After the Driver Assistance feature is activated, Speed Limit Mode will be exited
automatically, and after the deactivation of the Driver Assistance feature, Speed Limit Mode will
not be reactivated automatically;
Speed Limit Mode can only be activated after the Driver Assistance feature is
deactivated;
By deeply or quickly depressing the accelerator pedal, you can override the limit of
Speed Limit Mode temporarily. When your vehicle speed drops below the set value, Speed Limit Mode
will be reactivated.
Child Presence Detection
As an auxiliary feature for the safety of children, Child Presence Detection can effectively
remind users when children are left alone in the vehicle, and gives a high-frequency reminder for a short
period of time, reducing the likelihood of incidents caused by users forgetting their children.
The in-vehicle cameras and other sensors will detect the presence of children after the user
locks the vehicle. If any child is left alone in the vehicle, it will remind the user by means of flashing
hazard warning flasher, audible alerts, messages on mobile App, etc.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Safety >
Child Presence Detection to enable or disable this feature. When this feature is enabled, in the
event of a hardware failure (including in-vehicle camera, radar or air conditioning, etc.), the status icon
will be displayed at the
top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped; Similarly,
in the events such as when the camera is fully covered, the status icon will be displayed at the top of the center display,
and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped.
Caution儿童遗留检测
The primary purpose of Child Presence Detection (CPD), an auxiliary safety feature, is to
detect and notify users of children that have been left behind in the backseat. However, the feature
cannot entirely protect children due to the possibility of omissions and false alerts, and users are
not encouraged to leave children unattended in the vehicle.
Please return as soon as you can to the vehicle to take care of the children and ensure
their safety after receiving the SMS and push notification from the mobile App.
Alcohol Interlock
The purpose of alcohol interlocks is to enhance traffic safety by preventing anyone with alcohol
concentration exceeding a set limit value from driving a motor vehicle.
Before you install the interlock, the following safety risks should be considered:
With your vehicle in the P gear, turn off the high-voltage power supply (to cut off the
high-voltage circuit, disconnect the emergency high-voltage cutoff plug located under the hood near the
coolant reservoir, and then disconnect the cable connected to the negative terminal of the 12V battery).
The responsibility for the safe installation will remain on the alcohol interlock installer.
The alcohol interlock electrical plug is located below the front right seat. The alcohol
interlock is connected as follows:
Move the right seat to its foremost top position.
Lift the carpet and the alcohol interlock cover, and take out the electrical plug of the
alcohol interlock.
Connect the alcohol interlock electrical plug and the alcohol interlock handset.
Mount the alcohol interlock handset and the alcohol interlock control unit under the console
box.
Note酒精锁说明
After installing the alcohol interlock, no visual or audible indication will be given from
the vehicle, but the alcohol interlock handset will show the operation instructions.
Warning请勿自行拆卸酒精锁设备。如需要拆卸,请联系蔚来汽车服务中心。
Do not remove the alcohol interlock by yourself. If you need to remove the alcohol interlock,
please contact the NIO Service Center.
The alcohol interlock connection schematics are as follows:
Feature
Cable or pin
Position of connection
1
Battery feed (KL30), uninterrupted
For nominal 12 V, the alcohol interlock requires.
Gray Cable
Pin 1
0.5 mm²
In Instrument Electrical Center box under front passenger foot pedal.
2
Ground
Black Cable
Pin 2
0.5 mm²
Under driver's seat for Left Driver and under front passenger seat for Right Driver.
3c
Data bus connection
Connection to an internal data bus of the vehicle for information exchange between the
vehicle and the alcohol interlock.
White-Red Cable
Pin 4
0.35mm²
Under driver's seat for Right Driver and under front passenger seat for Left Driver.
Forward Collision Warning
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) will emit visual, audible, and vibration alerts if the system
determines that there is a potential risk of collision between your vehicle and a vehicle, motorcycle,
bicycle, or pedestrian in front.
For the detection of vehicles, pedestrians, or cyclists moving in the same direction, the Forward
Collision Warning system is only operational when the vehicle is traveling at a minimum speed of 4 km/h.
Warning前向碰撞预警仅供参考,无法替代您的注意力与判断。
The Forward Collision Warning is for reference only and cannot replace your attention and
judgment.
The Forward Collision Warning is only applicable to the prevention of frontal collisions,
and will not work when the vehicle is in reverse gear.
As a driving assist feature, the Forward Collision Warning can neither respond to all
traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may become ineffective,
inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road environment. Do not rely
on the judgment of the Forward Collision Warning. Otherwise, personal injury or vehicle damage may
occur.
When danger is detected, do not wait for the Forward Collision Warning to activate before
taking action
If the risk of a collision further increases, Autonomous Emergency Braking will intervene
regardless of whether the driver applies the brake or not.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the
current traffic laws and regulations.
Settings
Enter Settings from the center display, and tap Driver Assistance
>Forward Collision Warning to enable or disable this feature.
Enter Settings from the center display, and tap Driver Assistance >
Timing to enable or disable this feature.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays visual warnings when the Forward Collision
Warning is triggered.
When the Forward Collision Warning system is activated, the vehicle emits an audible signal to
prompt the driver to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front.
Once the Forward Collision Warning is deactivated, the vehicle will not provide alerts for
potential collisions. It is recommended that you do not deactivate this feature.
The feature will automatically be reactivated when the vehicle's system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to the camera detection failures
in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras have been modified.
The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
The cameras are obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
Severe weather conditions such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel,
resulting in impaired recognition.
Sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow, or dust lifted by the vehicle ahead.
The road is wet.
Forward Collision Warning system may not function as intended due to failures in the LiDAR
sensor in certain situations. These situations may include, but are not limited to:
Severe weather conditions such as rain, snow, fog, and haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
The LiDAR window is obstructed by water, dust, transparent vehicle covers, color-changing
films, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow and other obstacles.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs, high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed or elevated sections.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
The installation position of the LiDAR has been modified.
The Forward Collision Warning feature will only respond to eligible vehicles travelling in the
same direction. Some targets will not trigger a response, including but not limited to:
This feature cannot guarantee the recognition of all special vehicles in all
circumstances, especially during nighttime, extra caution is required. For example, three-wheeled
vehicles, vehicles with damaged taillights or indistinct rear contours, vehicles with obstructions
at the rear, vehicles with irregular shapes, vehicles with a rear vertical surface below a certain
height, and unloaded commercial vehicles, among others.
The feature may have false negatives for stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially
during nighttime, so extra caution is necessary.
There is a possibility of false triggering of the feature in special scenarios where
vehicles need to drive close to carrier trucks or recovery vehicles.
Forward Collision Warning system may not function as intended if the target is not positioned
in front of the vehicle in certain situations. These situations include, but are not limited to, the
following:
It will not respond to targets in the blind spots of the sensor, such as targets in blind
spots at corners, sides, and back of the vehicle.
The target may be incorrectly selected or missed when the vehicle is approaching or
navigating a curve.
The target may be lost or the distance to the target may be misjudged when the vehicle is
on a slope.
When a vehicle in an adjacent lane cuts in front of your car with only a portion of its
body (especially when a large vehicle such as a bus or truck cuts in), it may not be recognized in
time.
When your vehicle suddenly maneuvers to the rear of a vehicle in front, or when other
vehicles abruptly change direction or position in front of your vehicle, the target may not be
identified in time.
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to special or complicated road
conditions, including but not limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
and congested roads.
The following actions may result in the Forward Collision Warning not issuing an alert,
including but not limited to:
When the driver is already applying the brakes, the Forward Collision Warning may not
issue an alert.
When the driver presses the accelerator pedal deeply or suddenly, the Forward Collision
Warning may not issue an alert.
When the driver makes a sudden steering maneuver, the Forward Collision Warning may not
issue an alert.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions, and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may
affect the proper operation of Forward Collision Warning. Forward Collision Warning may be affected by
many factors. To avoid safety accidents, always pay attention to traffic, road, and vehicle conditions and
drive with caution.
Autonomous Emergency Braking
When the system determines that a frontal collision with a vehicle in front is unavoidable, it
will apply the brakes to reduce the speed and minimize the impact of a rear-end collision.
For detection of vehicles,pedestrians or cyclists in front, Autonomous Emergency Braking operates
only when you are driving between about 4 km/h and 150 km/h.
For detection of pedestrians behind, Autonomous Emergency Braking operates only when you are
driving between about 4 km/h and 15 km/h.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking has been triggered, the vehicle speed will be reduced by up to
60 km/h to mitigate the impact of a possible collision. For example, if Autonomous Emergency Braking is
triggered at a speed of 90 km/h, the brakes will be released after the vehicle speed is reduced to 30 km/h.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking is triggered, the dynamic environment simulation will display a
visual alert, and the brake light will turn on.
Caution对于后方行人的识别及制动尚处于持续优化阶段,该功能不能保证所有情形下都识别到行人。
The recognition of pedestrians behind the vehicle as well as braking is still in the
continuous optimization stage. This feature cannot guarantee the recognition of pedestrians in all
situations.
As a driver assistance feature, Autonomous Emergency Braking cannot be relied upon in all
situations in all traffic, weather, or road conditions and cannot detect vehicles in all situations.
Several factors can cause an invalid, inappropriate, or untimely warning.
You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times.
Never depend on Autonomous Emergency Braking to avoid collisions or reduce the impact of a
collision. Doing so can cause personal injury or vehicle damage.
For safety reasons, never test the use of Autonomous Emergency Braking when facing the
direction of other vehicles, cyclists, or pedestrians.
If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait for Autonomous Emergency Braking to
intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and
complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Autonomous Emergency Braking may apply short and sharp braking to reduce the risk of a
potential collision, which may not be in line with your normal driving habit and may make you feel
uncomfortable.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver
Assistance > Autonomous Emergency Braking to enable or disable this feature.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking is disabled, your vehicle will not automatically apply the
brakes even if a potential frontal collision is detected. It is not suggested to turn it off.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
The camera system may fail to recognize obstacles and thus Automous Emergency Braking may fail
to operate as intended in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel,
resulting in impaired recognition.
Sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
When exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust is kicked up by vehicles in front of you.
The cameras are obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
The road is wet.
The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.
The LiDAR sensor may fail to recognize obstacles and thus Autonomous Emergency Braking may fail
to operate as intended in some situations, including but not limited to:
The position of the LiDAR sensor is changed.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
Exhaust fumes, spray, snow or dust from the vehicle ahead can cause poor detection.
The vehicle is driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
The window of the LiDAR sensor is obstructed by water, dust, paint protection film, wrap
film, small scratches, grease, dirt, frost, snow, etc.
The LiDAR sensor overheated due to extended exposure of the vehicle to the sunlight.
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of
road
Autonomous Emergency Braking will only respond to road users that satisfy the feature's
operational conditions. Some targets will not trigger a response, including but not limited to:
This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all
conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped vehicles may
include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour, or obstructed rear body,
irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower than a certain height, or unloaded
transporters for carrying vehicles.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
This feature may be falsely triggered when the vehicle needs to be driven onto special
places such as a car hauler or a wrecker.
Vehicle targets may prevent the Autonomous Emergency Braking from operating as expected in the
following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The Autonomous Emergency Braking will not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor,
such as those in blind spots at the corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
It may wrongly select or miss targets when approaching or crossing a turn in the road.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the target.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize it in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize it in time.
When the lead vehicle is positioned at a large angle to this vehicle, it may not be able to
be recognized in time.
When only part of the body of the lead vehicle overlaps with this vehicle, that vehicle may
not be recognized in time.
Situations such as during the short amount of time after the power-on, when the vehicle is
in the Park gear, and when the seat belt is unfastened, etc.
The performance of Autonomous Emergency Braking in reducing the impact of a collision may be
affected due to special or complex road conditions, including but not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and
congested roads.
The braking distance increases on slippery roads. If Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction
Control System, and Electronic Stability Program are triggered, the performance of Autonomous Emergency
Braking in reducing the impact of a collision may be impaired.
The brake pedal moves downward abruptly during autonomous braking events. Do not place any
objects under the brake pedal. Doing so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to move freely.
Autonomous Emergency Braking is not a substitute for maintaining a safe following distance
between you and the vehicle in front. Do not stay too close to vehicles in front of you and avoid
driving aggressively.
Warning自动紧急制动主要用于减轻正面碰撞的冲击。
Autonomous Emergency Braking is mainly used to reduce the impact of a frontal collision.
Warning 以下情况可能导致自动紧急制动不会制动或者停止制动,包括但不限于:
Autonomous Emergency Braking may not apply the brakes or may stop applying the brakes in
some situations, including but not limited to:
The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
The driver's door is not closed.
Autonomous Emergency Braking has been triggered and cannot be triggered again within
roughly 30 seconds.
No vehicle is detected in front of the vehicle.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may
affect the proper operation of Autonomous Emergency Braking. Autonomous Emergency Braking may be affected
by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle
conditions and drive with caution.
Lane Departure Warning
The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system is designed to reduce the risk of unintentional lane
drifting by providing visual, audible, and steering wheel vibration alerts when the vehicle shows a
non-autonomous tendency to drift towards the adjacent lane or cross the lane markings.
Warning车道偏离预警可能无法检测到道路边缘,请谨慎驾驶并始终保持行驶在车道内。
The Lane Departure Warning may not detect road edges, so it is important to drive cautiously
and always stay within the lane.
Lane Departure Warning system is designed to aid drivers and cannot address all traffic,
weather, and road situations. Lane Departure Warning system is for reference only and cannot replace
your visual inspection.
To protect your safety, you must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions and
decide for yourself whether to activate Lane Departure Warning. When utilizing the Lane Departure
Warning system, you should always be ready to take control of the vehicle if you discover that the road,
the traffic, the state of the vehicle, or any other risky factor makes it unsafe for you to utilize this
feature. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for keeping your vehicle in its lane and should
abide by the current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling the Lane Departure Warning
Enter the Settings interface at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or disable this
feature.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts. When enabled, you can select
the warning type and sensitivity:
Warning types:
Visual: visual warning
Audio: audible warning
Vibration: steering wheel vibration warning
Sensitivity:
Low: gives an alert later than normal sensitivity under the same conditions.
Medium: normal sensitivity.
High: gives an alert earlier than normal sensitivity under the same conditions.
Operating Conditions of Lane Departure Warning:
Lane Centering Control feature is not activated.
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h.
Your vehicle drives normally without suddenly accelerating, decelerating or steering.
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking.
The lane markings on at least one side are clear.
The high-definition cameras work normally and provide clear vision
No components of the Lane Departure Warning system are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in D gear.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
The traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not manually
disabled.
Caution 当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道偏离预警系统不会提醒或控制。
The Lane Departure Warning will not provide alerts or interventions when the turn signal is
activated and the vehicle intentionally deviates to the corresponding side.
Digital Instrument Cluster Display
① Lane Departure Warning system status icon
② Lane marking display
No status icon: the Lane Departure Warning system is not enabled.
Gray status icon: the Lane Departure Warning system is enabled, in standby status, and not
activated yet.
White status icon and central lane marking: the Lane Keeping Assist system is active.
Red status icon and one side of the central lane marking: there is a risk of unintentional
lane departure on the corresponding side.
The digital instrument cluster display is only for illustrative purposes and cannot fully
reflect the actual traffic conditions. Therefore, it is important not to rely solely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Lane Departure Warning system from operating as
expected or cause it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other
vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings
and channelizing-line markings.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as merging or diverging lanes, expressway ramps,
urban intersections, or left-turn waiting areas.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as
reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by
bad weather and or at night.
The distance between lane markings on both sides is too wide or too narrow.
The following situations may prevent the Lane Departure Warning system from operating as
expected or cause it to automatically exit due to a camera failure, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Limited recognition at night.
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
It is not recommended to use the Lane Departure Warning system in special or complex road
conditions, as that may prevent the Lane Departure Warning system from operating as expected or cause it
to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Driving on the hills.
Bumpy roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) will temporarily assist the driver in bringing the vehicle back into
the correct lane while emitting visual, audible, or steering wheel vibration alert when the vehicle
unintentionally drifts into an adjacent lane or tends to do so.
Lane Keeping Assist includes:
Warning: When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate to the adjacent
lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Keeping Assist can provide appropriate visual,
audiable and steering wheel vibration alerts.
Warning & Lane Correction: When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to
deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Keeping Assist will apply
a slight corrective Steer Assist to the steering wheel to reduce the possibility of the vehicle
deviating from the lane. Lane Keeping Assist emits visual and audio alerts when your vehicle deviates
too much from the center of the lane.
Lane Keeping Assist has limited steering torque which can only provide a slight steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure. Do not rely solely on Lane Keeping
Assist to steer. You should always be prepared to take over steering, especially when driving on roads
with curves.
Please take over steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding
roads or roads with sharp curves.
WarningLane Keeping Assist, as a driver assistance function, cannot handle all traffic,
weather and road conditions. LKA is for reference only and cannot replace your visual inspection. You
must always pay attention to traffic conditions and the road environment, and decide whether to use LKA
when it is safe to do so.
Lane Keeping Assist, as a Driver Assist feature, cannot handle all traffic, weather and road
conditions.
Lane Keeping Assist is for reference only and cannot replace your visual inspection. You must
always pay attention to traffic conditions and the road environment, and decide whether to use LKA when
it is safe to do so.
When using Lane Keeping Assist, stay prepared to take over your vehicle if you find
surrounding traffic, road conditions or vehicle unsuitable for use, or if there are other unsafe
factors.
You always have the ultimate responsibility to keep your vehicle safe in the lane and in
compliance with applicable road traffic safety laws and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Lane Keeping Assist
Using Lane Keeping Assist in bad weather conditions
Using Lane Keeping Assist on non-standardized roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Enabling/Disabling the Lane Keeping Assist System
Enter Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or
disable this feature.
When enabled, you can select the assist levels, warning type and sensitivity:
Assist level
Warning: only provides an alert feature.
Warning & Lane Correction: provides an alert and a slight Steer Assist.
Warning types
When it is set to "Warning", the available warning types include visual, audio, and
vibration.
When it is set to "Warning & Lane Correction", the warning types cannot be set and
the default setting is visual and audio warnings.
Sensitivity
Low: Gives an alarm later than normal sensitivity under the same conditions.
Medium: Normal sensitivity.
High: Gives an alarm earlier than normal sensitivity under the same conditions.
Caution 请您务必审慎设置提醒方式与灵敏度,确保该等设置符合您的驾驶习惯。
Set the warning type and sensitivity with caution to ensure that such settings are in line
with your driving habits.
Enabling Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the center display does not mean that the
feature is activated immediately. Its functionality will only be automatically activated when the
working conditions are met.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assist feature is disabled, the vehicle will not
provide assistance in maintaining the lane, nor will it provide lane departure warning alerts.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assist feature is actively controlling the steering,
the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take control of the vehicle by manually turning the steering wheel. In this case,
the direction of the vehicle will be under your control.
Operating conditions for the Lane Keeping Assist system:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h.
Your vehicle drives normally without suddenly accelerating, decelerating or steering.
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking.
The lane markings on at least one side are clear.
The high-definition camera works normally and provides clear vision.
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
The traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not manually
disabled.
Caution当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道保持辅助系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is active, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take
control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Status icon of the Lane Keeping Assist system
No icon: Not enabled.
Gray icon: Standby status.
White lane marking: The lane marking on the corresponding side has been detected.
Yellow lane marking: Level 1 Lane Departure Warning.
Red lane marking: Level 2 Lane Keeping Assist.
Lane Marking Display
The status icon is gray: The Lane Keeping Assist system is enabled, in standby status, and
not activated yet.
The status icon and the central lane marking are white: The Lane Keeping Assist system is
active.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking is red:
When Warning is selected, it indicates that there is a
risk of accidental departure from the lane on the corresponding side.
When Warning & Lane Correction is selected, it
indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the lane unexpectedly, and the Lane Keeping Assist is
no longer able to prevent the vehicle from deviating from the lane through a slight Steer Assist
to correct lanes.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking are yellow: Only occurs
whenWarning & Lane Correction is selected. It indicates that the
Lane Keeping Assist is providing a certain Steer Assist to correct lanes at the corresponding side to
reduce the possibility of the vehicle deviating from the lane.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
Lane Keeping Assist may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in some
situations, including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
The lane markings are not clear, worn, missing, interweaving, or shaded by other vehicles
or buildings or landscapes.
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads,
intersections and construction areas.
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings
and channelizing-line markings.
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing
lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as
pavement joints and curbs.
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change,
such as on the uphill and downhill.
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as
reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by
bad weather and or at night.
The distance between lane markings on both sides is too wide or too narrow.
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as
expected or cause it to automatically exit due to a camera failuref, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Limited recognition at night.
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
It is not recommended to use the Lane Keeping Assist system in specific or complex road
conditions, as this may result in the LKA system malfunctioning or automatically disengaging. Such
conditions may include, but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and
congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Driving on uphill and downhill.
Driving on bumpy roads, narrow roads, non-standard roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Roads without center medians.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
Emergency Active Stop
When the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., your hands have not
been on the steering wheel for a long time, you have been distracted and tired of driving for a long time,
or you have left your seat, etc.), it will activate the Emergency Active Stop (EAS) feature if the system
meets the conditions for normal operation.
When Emergency Active Stop is active, your car will sound an auditory reminder, provide a voice
warning, issue a Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display alert, and turn on the hazard warning lights.
The system will alert you to take control of your car by continuously braking and emitting loud ringer and
alerts until the car stops. After stopping, the doors will be automatically unlocked and emergency services
will be called.
When Emergency Active Stop is active, you can deactivate it and take control of your car at any
time by stepping on the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, or turning the steering wheel, or turning off the
hazard warning lights.
Once activated, the Emergency Active Stop feature will brake the vehicle until it stops,
during which lane departure or collision may occur. Therefore, do not rely solely on or take the
initiative to activate this feature.
Please stay focused at all times while driving, as you always bear the ultimate
responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera failure that affects the performance of Emergency
Active Stop, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The following situations may lead to a radar failure that affects the performance of Emergency
Active Stop, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR failure that affects the feature of Emergency
Active Stop, or even deactivates the feature. These situations include but are not limited to:
The position of the LiDAR installation has been changed.
Severe weather conditions such as rain, snow, fog, haze,etc.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of
road.
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially
at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such
vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear
below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response of Emergency Active Stop (EAS)
because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Emergency Active Stop will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, it
cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the
vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize and respond to the target.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner.
Emergency Active Stop does not guarantee reliable target recognition in all circumstances, as
its operation may be affected by special or complicated road conditions, including but not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
It may not be able to provide sufficient lateral grip in the following situations, including
but not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.).
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.).
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.).
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Active Stop system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Emergency Active Stop system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to
drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Emergency Lane Keeping
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) can provide a certain steer assist capability to help the driver
correct the vehicle position urgently to prevent the risk of collision as much as possible when the vehicle
deviates from its lane involuntarily or when there is a potential side collision risk in its adjacent lane.
When the vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h, Emergency Lane Keeping may be triggered in the
following four emergency scenarios:
Without having the turn light on, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the
road curb.
Without having the turn light on, when the lane marking is a solid line, your vehicle
deviates involuntarily from its lane to the side where the solid line is.
Without having the turn light on, when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane, your
vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the left.
When there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane, your vehicle
deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to the left.
Enabling/Disabling Emergency Lane Keeping
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Emergency Lane Keeping to turn this feature on or
off.
It is not recommended to turn off this feature. When this feature is turned off, it will not be
able to assist the driver by taking emergency control of the steering when there is a potential risk of a
side collision.
Emergency Lane Keeping has limited steering torque which can only provide certain steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure or avoidance of danger. Therefore,
please take over steering in time instead of relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping.
Please control the vehicle direction immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving
on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driver assist feature, Emergency Lane Keeping cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Emergency
Lane Keeping to avoid danger. For safety reasons, never test this feature by deliberately or actively
triggering Emergency Lane Keeping. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait Emergency Lane
Keeping to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving
safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Warning 驾驶时不可以有以下行为:完全依靠ELK
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Operating Conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h.
Your vehicle drives normally without sudden acceleration, deceleration or steering.
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking.
The high-definition camera features normally and provides clear vision.
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are
not triggered.
Emergency Lane Keeping is automatically activated when the conditions are met in an
emergency.
Emergency Lane Keeping can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the
vehicle’s speed.
Emergency Lane Keeping is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot
always keep the vehicle centered in the lane.
When Emergency Lane Keeping controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.
Emergency Lane Keeping in Case of Deviation to Road Curb
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, it can provide a certain
degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the roda curb without
having the turn light on. At this time, the corresponding side of the central lane marking will be
displayed in yellow.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the right in some situations, including but not limited to:
Curbs are not clear or cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting
conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective curbs, and poor visibility or
insufficient light due to bad weather or at night;
There are roadside obstacles that Emergency Lane Keeping cannot identify, such as
fences, guard rails, traffic cones and cone rods;
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping in Case of Deviation to Solid Lane Marking
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, ELK can provide a certain
degree of Steer Assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the solid lane marking
without having the turn light on. At this time, the corresponding side of the central lane marking will be
displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the solid lane line in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Front Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, ELK can provide a certain
degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the left without having the
turn light on when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane and the lane marking is clear. At this
time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the lead vehicle on the left in some situations, including but not limited
to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
The oncoming vehicle is not a vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Rear Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, ELK can provide a certain
degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to
the left when there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane and the lane marking is
clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the vehicle approaching from behind on the left in some situations, including
but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause Emergency Lane Keeping to fail to operate as expected or
exit automatically due to a camera failure. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations
include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze,etc.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The following situations may cause the Emergency Lane Keeping to fail to operate as expected or
exit automatically due to a radar failure. Please steer your vehicle in a time. These situations include
but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR malfunction, affect Emergency Lane Keeping feature
and even cause the feature to deactivate. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections.
Special or complex road conditions may cause the Emergency Lane Keeping System to fail to
operate as intended or may exit automatically. Please steer your vehicle promptly, including but not
limited to the following conditions:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Driving on uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Construction areas.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations
that may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Lane Keeping system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Emergency Lane Keeping system. In order to avoid accidents, you need to drive
attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Blind Spot Detection
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) will emit visual, audible, and vibration alerts when another vehicle
appears or is approaching quickly in your blind spot.
The Blind Spot Detection will only be activated when the speed of your vehicle exceeds 15 km/h.
Caution盲点监控与变道预警的监测区域为爱车旁边车道,及其向后约70米的范围。
This feature is able to detect the lanes next to the vehicle and more than 70 meters from the
rear.
Enter Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Blind Spot Detection to enable or disable this feature and
select an appropriate means of reminding you.
When the feature is enabled and activated, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD)
will remind you that there is a vehicle approaching from behind as shown in the figure.
When a vehicle in the driver's blind spot and a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind are
detected, a marker saying that there is a vehicle on the side will be displayed on the rearview mirror. If
you turn on the turn light on the corresponding side in this case, it will remind you not to change lanes
with the following warnings:
Side mirror marker light flashing.
Audible warning + side mirror marker light flashing.
Steering wheel vibration + side mirror marker light flashing.
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be
easily noticeable.
Caution 在倒车时,盲点监控与变道预警不会工作。
Blind Spot Detection does not work when the vehicle is in REVERSE.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
When you drive on a road with sharp curves, wide lanes or an uneven surface, Blind Spot
Detection may not be able to warn you about vehicles in adjacent lanes.
Blind Spot Detection may give false warnings in the following situations:
Driving near protective fences.
Driving on or under a bridge, or through a tunnel.
Driving besides bushes, trees, etc.
When there are wire poles, street lights or low concrete walls along the road.
Driving near construction areas such as factory buildings, ports, etc.
Driving on urban roads or multi-lane intersections.
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice,
metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the
radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure,
or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any
fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects,
and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as
pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by
certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance.
Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning盲点监控与变道预警不能取代安全驾驶及车内后视镜和车外后视镜的使用。
Even with Blind Spot Detection, you should still drive with caution and use the rearview
mirror and the side mirrors properly.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather conditions
(such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Blind Spot Detection. There are many factors that may interfere with
the Blind Spot Detection systems. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive
attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Door Open Warning
When you open the door of your vehicle, if vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians approaching from
behind may affect the safety of opening the door or even cause a collision.
Enter the Settings interface at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Door Open Warning to enable or disable this feature.
When the Door Open Warning feature is enabled, your vehicle will remind you in the following
ways. At this time, you or your passengers should avoid opening the door and confirm whether it is safe to
open the door first:
The ambient lighting turns red.
Icon on the side mirror.
Warning alarm.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays "Watch out for vehicles approaching from
behind".
Note 侧方开门预警可监测本车侧后方快速接近的目标。
Door Open Warning monitors for targets approaching fast from behind.
Caution爱车处于前进挡(D 挡)或驻车挡(P 挡),该功能才可启用。
This feature is only available when the vehicle is in DRIVE (D) or PARK (P).
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be
easily noticeable.
Door Open Warning cannot accurately alert you in all situations and cannot replace active
observation by you and passengers, as well as the function of the rearview mirror and side mirrors.
Please do not rely excessively on this feature and always be aware of the environment outside the
vehicle when opening doors.
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice,
metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or
malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related
alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and
may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians,
bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by
certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance.
Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather conditions
(such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings and precautions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect
the normal operation of the Door Open Warning system. There are many factors that may interfere with the
Door Open Warning system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and
focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Front Cross Traffic Alert
When driving at low speeds, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the front
crossing vehicle, the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) feature can warn the driver to be careful through
visual and auditory alerts.
Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual
observation.
Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Cross Traffic
Alert or not after your safety is ensured.
It is the driver's responsibility to comply with, all current regulations in the region(s)
where your vehicle is driven.
Enabling/Disabling Front Cross Traffic Alert
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Front Cross Traffic Alert to enable or disable this
feature.
When the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with the front
crossing vehicle is detected, it will remind you through visual and auditory alerts on the Dynamic
Environment Simulation and Display, 360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Operating conditions for the Front Cross Traffic Alert:
The vehicle speed is lower than 15 km/h and higher than 0 km/h.
The speed of the front crossing vehicle is within a certain range of the normal vehicle
speed.
The front lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Animals
Motorcycles, electric bikes,tricycles, or icycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles driving in the same direction.
Stationary objects.
The Front Cross Traffic Alert does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The
Front Cross Traffic Alert cannot detect lateral vehicles in front of this vehicle through obstacles or
parked vehicles.
For example, the Front Cross Traffic Alert cannot detect the front crossing vehicles in the
following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Parked in the innermost position.
The parking space is at an angle.
The following situations may lead to a radar failure and affect the performance of the Front
Cross Traffic Alert, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions
that may affect the normal operation of the Front Cross Traffic Alert system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Front Cross Traffic Alert system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you
need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
When reversing, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the rear crossing vehicle,
the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) feature can warn the driver to pay attention to safety through visual
and auditory alerts and even enhance the warning effect to the driver by braking briefly if necessary.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert only provides a warning and cannot guarantee to stop your vehicle.
Never depend on it to avoid a collision or reduce the impact of a collision.
Enabling/Disabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Rear Cross Traffic Alert to enable or disable this feature.
When it is enabled, you can select the assist level in the Rear Cross Traffic Alert Settings:
Warning: When the vehicle speed is lower than about 15km/h and the operating conditions are
satisfied, if a potential collision risk with rear crossing vehicles from behind is detected, it will
remind the vehicle in the rear through visual and auditory alerts on the digital instrument cluster,
360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Warning & Braking: When the vehicle speed is about 1-15km/h and the operating
conditions are satisfied, besides visual and auditory alerts, the system will warn you by a brief
instance of active braking if necessary, but cannot ensure that the vehicle will come to a complete
stop.
Operating conditions for the Rear Cross Traffic Alert:
The speed of the rear crossing vehicle is between about 5 and 60 km/h.
The rear lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
The driver is seated.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in REVERSE.
Caution当您选择提醒及主动制动时,若深踩制动踏板或加速踏板,主动制动功能可能不会介入。
When you select Warning & Braking, if you fully press the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal, the function may not intervene.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Animals
Motorcycles, electric bikes, bicycles, or tricycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles driving in the same direction
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The Rear
Cross Traffic Alert is not designed to detect vehicles behind this vehicle through obstacles or parked
vehicles.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert is not designed to detect rear crossing vehicles in the following
situations, which include but are not limited to:
Parked in the innermost position.
The parking space is at an angle.
The following situations may lead to a radar failure and affect the performance of the Rear
Cross Traffic Alert, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions
that may affect the normal operation of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Rear Cross Traffic Alert system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you
need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System can monitor the driver's driving status.
When it is enabled and conditions for activating the feature are satisfied, once the driver is
detected to be tired or distracted, NOMI will provide different levels of warnings through expressions and
sounds. The digital instrument cluster will also remind the driver to focus on driving and protect the
driver's safety.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System cannot operate under all conditions and is only designed to
assist driving. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely.
Therefore, it is of great importance that you pay attention when driving and take regular
breaks. When a driver is alerted or feels fatigued, they should adjust their behavior or pull over
safely as soon as possible to take a break.
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System is automatically switched on and remains active when
driving with either Driver Assistance modes Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) or Lane Centering Control
(LCC/Pilot). Switching off the Advanced Driver Monitoring System will only deactivate it for manual driving.
After the driver adjusts the steering wheel, the feature requires a brief recalibration, during
which the feature fault light for the Advanced Driver Monitoring System will appear.
Enabling/Disabling the Drowsiness and Distraction Warning System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System monitors the driver's drowsiness and attention state.
Drowsiness Warning
Distraction Warning
Enter Settings interface from the control bar of the center display and tap Driving Assistance > Drowsiness Warning or Driving
Assistance >Distraction Warning to enable or disable this feature.
After this feature is enabled, when the vehicle speed is 20 km/h or above, the system will keep
monitoring the status and provide sound or voice warnings.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Level 1 Alarm (take the Distraction Warning feature for example).
Level 2 Alarm (take the Distraction Warning feature for example).
If the driver still does not take control of the vehicle after a Level 2 alarm, the
Emergency Active Stop will be activated when the normal working conditions of the system are met.
When the following are displayed due to a system fault or malicious occlusion of the
camera, it indicates that the feature is limited. Please promptly contact the NIO Service Center.
Malicious occlusion
System fault
Caution 摄像头不会记录或共享图像、音频或视频。
The camera will not record or share any images, audio or videos.
Precautions and Restrictions
In some cases, the detection of Distraction Warning and Drosiness Driving behaviors may be
affected or fail, resulting in the system not providing corresponding warnings, being partially
unavailable or providing false alarms, such as:
At night and in low light.
Sunlight, opposite headlights and other direct light interference.
While adjusting the Seat.
In the event of eye occlusion, including but not limited to the use of dark glasses with
low transmittance, polarizers, sunglasses, and eyeglass frame occlusion, etc.
Wearing accessories such as hats, scarves and bandanas that may alter the shape of the
head.
Wearing a mask.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that
may affect the normal operation of the Advanced Driver Monitoring System. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Advanced Driver Monitoring System. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you
need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Auto High Beams
Your vehicle will turn off the high beam headlights in a timely manner when it meets and passes
other vehicles, the driving distance between the vehicle behind and ahead in the same direction is close or
the vehicle enters a road section with good lighting conditions by detecting headlights, taillights of the
vehicle ahead, street lights and other information through the front camera, so as not to dazzle the other
vehicles or pedestrians. Turn on the high beam headlights in time when coming upon and entering an area with
poor lighting or low visibility to ensure that the road ahead is illuminated.
Turn on the high beam headlights: the outside environment is dark and there are no other
traffic participants ahead
Turn off the high beam headlights: the outside environment is bright and there are other
traffic participants ahead
You can see the following information through the digital instrument cluster:
When Auto High Beams are activated, pull the lever towards you to turn on high beams
immediately. Releasing the lever will switch the headlights back to low beams and return Auto High Beams
to standby status.
Warning远近光自动控制是驾驶员辅助功能,无法在所有驾驶情况或交通、天气与路况下都起作用。
As a driving assist feature, Auto High Beams cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.
Please use the high and low beams in compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and
regulations. Do not turn on Auto High Beams unless it will not cause any violation of applicable
laws and regulations.
The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in
compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable the Auto High Beams
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Light > Headlights. Select to turn on the Automatic Headlights.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Light > Auto High Beams to enable or disable this function.
When the Auto High Beams (AHB) are enabled:
Push the light control lever forward to activate the Auto High Beams (AHB) function.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to enter the standby status
of the function.
When the Auto High Beams are disabled:
Push the light control lever forward to turn on the high beam headlights.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to turn off the high beam
headlights.
Automatic control may not be performed under, but also not be limited to, the following
situations:
Turn on the turn light.
Turn the steering wheel hard.
Pass a sharp turn.
The wiper is set to its maximum speed.
The fog lights are on.
Only targets that satisfy the conditions will be responded to by the Auto High Beams (AHB). The
targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians.
Cyclists (including but not limited to bicycles, motorcycles, electric bikes, tricycles,
etc.).
This feature may be impaired in heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions,
or when the camera is blocked. Please drive with caution.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings do not cover all conditions that may affect the proper operation of the Auto
High Beams (AHB) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Auto High Beams system. In
order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road,
and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Active Lane Change
The Active Lane Change (ALC) is a sub-feature of Lane Centering Control and provides assistance
for lane changes. Once enabled in the Settings, the system will complete the lane change after the driver
activates the turn signal lever and when specific environmental and road conditions are met.
The Active Lane Change is applicable to high speed roads. The current and target lanes must be
well lit, have clear lane markings and space to change lanes.
As a driving assist feature, Active Lane Change cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather, and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions and make your own decision on
whether to use Active Lane Change if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find
that the conditions of the traffic, road, or the vehicle are not suitable for Active Lane Change, or there
are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely and complying with
current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Active Lane Change
Enter the Settings interface from the center display, and tap Driver
Assistance > Active Lane Change to enable or disable this feature.
Operating conditions for the Active Lane Change:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The Lane Centering Control is enabled and operating normally.
The Active Lane Change is enabled and operating normally.
The sensor features properly and the field of view is clear.
Driving speed is at 60-130 km/h.
The current and target lanes meet all the safety conditions to change lanes. When:
The lane marking on the side of the lane change is a dotted line.
The curvatures of the current and target lanes are small.
The vehicle maintains a safe distance to the vehicles in front of and behind it in the
current and target lanes.
There is no Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert and other alarms for the target
lane.
The lane markings on both sides of the target lane are clear.
None of the components for the Active Lane Change are faulty and the vehicle meets all
safety conditions. For example:
No malfunction with the turn light.
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
The driver does not step on the brake pedal.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
Enabling the Active Lane Change feature in Settings does not mean that the feature has been
activated.
After meeting the operating conditions, you must perform a visual check to confirm the safety
of the lane change environment, and then toggle the turn light lever on the corresponding side. The system
will detect if your hands are on the steering wheel.
The system will activate the Active Lane Change feature to assist the lane change if it
detects that the conditions to change lanes have been met. At this time, the Dynamic Environment
Simulation and Display will display the light band on the corresponding side turning blue and
disappearing after a successful lane change. After the lane change is completed, please confirm that
the turn light lever has been toggled back.
The system will not perform the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change
lanes has not been met and the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) will display the light
band on the corresponding side turning red.
Before or during a lane change, toggle the turn light lever in the opposite direction of the
lane change to cancel the lane change. When the following situations occur, the lane change will be
interrupted, and you will be reminded through the digital instrument cluster and sound alerts of the need
to take control of your vehicle:
The Active Lane Change detects an unsafe lane change environment, such as when the
activation alarms for Blind Spot Detection go off.
Steer Assist is exited for reasons such as taking over the steering wheel control, unclear
lane markings, and passing through excessively curved bends.
Adaptive Cruise Control and Steer Assist are exited at the same time for reasons such as
pressing the button and
depressing the brake pedal.
Caution ALC 每次只能变换一个车道。
Active Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.
Caution 夜晚若光线、视野不佳,车道线不清晰,可能无法完成辅助变道。
Active lane Change may fail if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane
lines are not clear.
Active Lane Change may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always
pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes.
Please note that Active Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles, oncoming vehicles, etc.
Never rely solely on Active Lane Change to choose a driving path. You always bear the ultimate
responsibility for changing lanes safely.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Active Lane Change is making a lane change.
Active Lane Change suspends or cannot make a lane change.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Active Lane Change from completing the lane change or
operating as expected, requiring the driver to take control of the steering wheel at any time, which
include but are not limited to:
Passing through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps
The lane markings of the current lane and target lane are not clear, worn, missing,
crossed, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or landscapes
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads,
intersections and construction areas
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing
lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings
and channelizing-line markings
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as
pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change,
such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as
reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by
bad weather and or at night
The distance between the lane markings on both sides of the current lane or the target lane
is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may lead to a camera failure, thus making it impossible to complete
the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar failure, thus making it impossible to complete the
lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR failure, affect the feature of lane change
assistance, and even cause the feature to deactivate, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The Active Lane Change may omit or misdetect obstacles in the target and current lanes. You
must always confirm whether it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and during the lane change.
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are
not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Active Lane Change cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets. Please
pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets. Such vehicles include vehicles with a
covered rear or irregular shape, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
Active Lane Change may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night
when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
It is not recommended to use Active Lane Change in special or complex road conditions, which
include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Driving on uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Active Lane Change system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Active Lane Change system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to
drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Lane Centering Control
Lane Centering Control (LCC) provides Steering Assist that keeps your vehicle in the current lane
alongside speed control and distance maintenance by Adaptive Cruise Control. Lane Centering Control detects
vehicles in front of you with the HD cameras, millimeter-wave radars and LiDAR sensor, and automatically
controls your speed to maintain a safe distance. Lane Centering Control also identifies lane lines with the
HD cameras and can provide steering assist to keep the vehicle in the current lane when there are clear lane
lines on both sides.
Lane Centering Control , as a driving assist feature, is unable to achieve auto driving
capabilities, so the driver shall keep both hands on the steering wheel and stay focused, ready to take over
the vehicle at any time.
Lane Centering Control is mainly intended for use on motorways, expressways, and other major
roads.
Lane Centering Control will strive to keep the vehicle in the lane when there are clear lane
lines on both sides. Special road conditions and poor lighting on rainy days or at nighttime may result
in impaired lane recognition, failure to keep the vehicle in the lane, or scratching. In this case, it
is suggested that you temporarily turn off Lane Centering Control and switch to Adaptive Cruise Control.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Centering Control cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Lane
Centering Control or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic,
road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Centering Control, or there are other unsafe
factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed
and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Lane Centering Control
has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Automatic
Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Lane Centering Control to
decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Lane Centering Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the
lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case,
exit Lane Centering Control immediately. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control to bring your vehicle to
a complete stop regardless of whether it is following a stationary vehicle or a lead vehicle.
WarningLane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum
steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering
Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when
navigating curves.
Lane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering
force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to
steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating
curves.
Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, and driving on
winding roads or roads with sharp curves. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control in these situations due
to limited visibility of lanes.
Enabling/Disabling Lane Centering Control
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance and choose Lane Centering Control
to turn this feature on or off.
Turning on Lane Centering Control in the Settings does not mean
that LCC is activated.
Middle button: activate or deactivate Lane Centering Control
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions are met, press the Middle button to activate Lane Centering Control.
If the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the
current lane, activating Steer Assist will activate Adaptive Cruise Control as well.
If the lane markings on both sides are unclear or the vehicle is not in the center of the
current lane, it will first activate Adaptive Cruise Control and start searching for lane markings,
and then activate Steer Assist when the conditions are met.
Lane Centering Control is enabled at a vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h.
If the vehicle speed is lower than 10 km/h, 10 km/h will be set as the cruising speed.
If the vehicle speed is higher than 10 km/h but not higher than 180 km/h, the current
vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed.
When Lane Centering Control activates Adaptive Cruise Control and starts searching for lane
markings, you can release the accelerator pedal, and the system will maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Lane Centering Control will adjust the speed of your vehicle
according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed the
cruising speed.
When there is no vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control will quickly adjust the speed of
your vehicle to the cruising speed.
When Lane Centering Control activates Steer Assist, it will actively assist with steering
control, however, please keep your hands lightly on the steering wheel. The pressure of your hands may
have a slight effect on the steer assist control, please pay close attention to the driving situation, and
be ready to take control of the steering wheel at any time to control the direction of the vehicle.
The steering wheel turns when Lane Centering Control is controlling the steering. When Lane
Centering Control is actively accelerating, the accelerator pedal does not move; when it’s decelerating,
the brake pedal may move.
Working Condition for Lane Centering Control:
The speed does not exceed 180 km/h.
High-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR functioning properly with a clear view
No components of Lane Centering Control are faulty
The feature cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
The driver does not step on the brake pedal.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
Adjusting the speed under Lane Centering Control
When Lane Centering Control is active, you can increase or decrease the cruise speed by
pressing on the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel. You can customize the cruise
speed adjustment from the menu by tapping Driver Assistance > Cruise Speed
Adjustment.
The available options are:
Press for 1 km/h, Press and Hold for 5 km/h
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease
the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82
km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be
increased to 85 km/h
Press and hold for 1 km/h, press for 5 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase
or decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or
decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, if the speed is 82 km/h, press the Up
button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Lane Centering Control is 180 km/h.
The minimum set speed for Lane Centering Control is 10 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to
decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, shortly press for 1 km/h, or long press for 5km/h.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal
driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are
distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate
Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Adjusting the Time-Distance to the Lead Vehicle
When Lane Centering Control is activated or awaiting activation, the following time-distance
can be set to one of five levels.
Press the left Right button on the steering wheel to increase the following time-distance
by one level.
Press the left Left button on the steering wheel to decrease the following time-distance by
one level.
Takeover and Resumption
When driving with Lane Centering Control, you can take over the vehicle by firmly pressing the
accelerator pedal or turning the steering wheel. When you take over by firmly pressing the accelerator
pedal, Lane Centering Control will no longer respond to the movements of the target lead vehicle.
When you stop firmly pressing the accelerator pedal, Lane Centering Control will immediately
resume Adaptive Cruise Control.
When you take over by turning the steering wheel, Steering Assist will temporarily switch to
standby, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and search for lane lines. In this case, steering is
under your control.
When you stop turning the steering wheel, if the lane lines on both sides are clear and your
vehicle is in the center of the current lane, Steering Assist will automatically resume.
If Lane Centering Control is deactivated by pressing or the brake pedal, it can be reactivated by
pressing the left Up button on the steering wheel, and this will resume the previously set cruise speed.
After following the lead vehicle to a stop, Lane Centering Control can be reactivated by
pressing the left Up button on the steering wheel or the accelerator pedal and this will resume the
previously set cruise speed.
When Lane Centering Control is reactivated, Adaptive Cruise Control will engage first and start
searching for lane lines. If the lane lines on both sides are clear and your vehicle is in the center of
the current lane, Steering Assist will engage.
Caution在车道居中辅助的转向辅助功能正常工作时,
When the Steer Assist feature of Lane Centering Control (LCC) is working properly,
if the Active Lane Change (ALC) feature is activated in the Settings, when you toggle
the turn light lever, an automatic lane change will be performed with the conditions met. Please
refer to "Active Lane Change (ALC)" for details.
If the Active Lane Change (ALC) feature is not activated in the Settings, when you
toggle the turn light lever, the Steer Assist feature of Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be
temporarily exited to enter standby state, and you need to take over the steering wheel to control
your vehicle direction in a timely manner. At this time, the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) feature
is retained and the lane marking is continuously being searched. The Steer Assist feature will be
automatically restored once the conditions are met.
CautionWhen Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not
enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change
lanes.
When Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in
Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
WarningSteering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage
to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this
time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required
conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
Steering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to
standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time,
Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required
conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway
ramps, urban intersections, left-turn waiting areas, etc.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Disabling Lane Centering Control
Lane Centering Control will be deactivated, and will no longer be in active control of speed
and direction, and alert you audibly when:
The steering wheel button is pressed.
The brake pedal is pressed.
In addition, when the working conditions are no longer met, Lane Centering Control will be
automatically deactivated, and you should take control of the brake pedal, accelerator pedal and steering
wheel immediately after that to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been added next to the real-time vehicle
speed on the left side of the digital instrument cluster. The intelligent driving status indicator light
can be used to understand the features of intelligent driving that can be activated now and that is
running now, as well as the cruise speed status of intelligent driving.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Caution 当两侧车道线都不清晰,但近距离正前方有符合条件的车辆时,爱车可在短时间内跟车行驶。
When neither lane line is clear, but there is a vehicle in front that meets requirements,
your vehicle can follow the lead vehicle for a short time.
When lane lines are unclear on both sides and your vehicle is following the lead vehicle, you
may collide with other vehicles in adjacent lanes if the lead vehicle changes lanes at a slow speed.
Therefore, you need to be prepared to take over at any time to ensure your safety.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel and eyes on the road ahead when driving with Lane
Centering Control active.
When the system detects that your hands have been off the steering wheel and your eyes have
been off the road ahead for a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will display
"Please keep your hands on the steering wheel" or "Please concentrate on driving", and alert you
audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been still off the steering wheel and your
eyes have been still off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and
Display will display "LCC is about to be deactivated, please put your hands on the steering wheel
immediately", or "LCC is about to be deactivated, please take control of the vehicle immediately", and
keep alerting you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been always off the steering wheel and your
eyes have been always off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and
Display will display "Emergency Active Stop is activated, the vehicle is about to stop" and alert you
audibly, accompanied by a NOMI voice prompt of "The vehicle is stopping" and double flashing lights.
When the system detects that your hands are on the steering wheel and your eyes are on the road
ahead, the warning will disappear.
Maintaining Safe Distance
When Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays a warning, it means that there is a
risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Lane Centering Control can no longer
maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately
to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.
Go Notifier
Lane Centering Control stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops:
If the lead vehicle starts, Lane Centering Control will follow it and actively start the
vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent
collision accidents from occurring.
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, before it
starts again to follow the lead vehicle, it will alert you audibly.
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, and the
system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, Dynamic Environment Simulation will display
"The lead vehicle starts moving" prompt, and you need to re-activate Following Start by pressing the
Up button on the left side of the steering wheel or stepping on the accelerator pedal after checking
the surroundings.
After approximately 5 minutes, Lane Centering Control will be deactivated and Electric
Parking will be activated instead.
After Lane Centering Control stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops, it will start the
vehicle again only when the distance to the lead vehicle exceeds about 4 meters.
Intelligent Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle detects new speed limit signs, it will ask you to manually
confirm adjusting your cruise speed to the new speed limit.
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Intelligent Speed Assist to turn this feature on or off.
Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute
for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic
Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually
alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Assist is not designed to handle all
situations in all traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is the driver's responsibility to pay
attention to traffic and road conditions and to decide whether to use Intelligent Speed Assist.
Intelligent Speed Assist does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Assist combines the speed limit information from the map and camera
to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit
information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause the camera to misidentify obstacles, affect the performance
of Lane Centering Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Limited recognition at night.
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The following situations may cause the radar to misidentify obstacles, affect the performance
of Lane Centering Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may cause the LiDAR to misidentify obstacles, affect the performance
of Lane Centering Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The vehicle will only respond to Lane Centering Control when the conditions are met The targets
below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited
to:
Transverse vehicles.
Motorcycles, tricycles.
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians.
Bicycles.
Traffic cones.
Animals.
Traffic lights.
Walls.
Barriers.
Oncoming vehicles.
Other non-vehicle objects.
The following situations may cause the late recognition and response of Lane Centering Control
because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Lane Centering Control will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example,
it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the
vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary
or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing
lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle's brakes when it is not necessary or
intended, due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary
target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of
the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for
safety reasons. The driver can take control by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature cannot guarantee accurate target recognition in all situations. If you find
that the displayed "lane marking" from the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) does not
match the actual situation, please drive with caution so as to take control of your vehicle in a
timely manner. Which include but are not limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display
the target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead
vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Lane
Centering Control because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control and Keeping, or even
cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
In the following ss, if the vehicle is driving at a speed that is too fast in relation to the
lead vehicle, the Lane Centering Control may be subject to limited control, resulting in an inability to
maintain a safe distance responsively. It may be unable to provide sufficient braking force in the
following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may
affect the proper operation of Lane Centering Control. Lane Centering Control may be affected by many
factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle
conditions and drive with caution.
Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can be used to sync your vehicle speed automatically with the speed
of the lead vehicle. When there is no target in front of your vehicle to respond to, the vehicle will drive
at the set cruise speed. When there is a target to respond to, ACC automatically controls the vehicle speed
to maintain the set distance.
Adaptive Cruise Control can only be used to control longitudinal speed and distance. This system
includes the start and stop feature of Adaptive Cruise Control, which allows your vehicle to follow the lead
vehicle till it stops (certain deceleration conditions need to be met). If the lead vehicle drives away in a
short amount of time, your vehicle can automatically start and follow. If the lead vehicle remains
stationary for a period of time, your vehicle will enter the parking state.
Adaptive Cruise Control is mainly applicable to long-distance driving on dry and smooth
standardized straight roads, such as highways, expressways, and long straight roads.
As a driving assist feature, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control controls the speed, but not the direction, of your vehicle.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Adaptive Cruise Control if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over if you
find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Adaptive Cruise
Control, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining
an appropriate distance and speed and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Adaptive Cruise Control
has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Autonomous
Emergency Braking and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Adaptive Cruise Control
to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the
lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case,
press the brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your
vehicle to a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
Enabling Adaptive Cruise Control
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance, and chooseAdaptive Cruise Control
to enable or disable this feature.
Choosing Adaptive Cruise Control in the Settings does not mean that ACC is activated.
Middle button :
activate or exit Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control are met, press the Middle button on
the left side of the steering wheel to activate Adaptive Cruise Control.
Adaptive Cruise Control can be enabled at the vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h.
If the vehicle speed is lower than 10 km/h, 10 km/h will be set as the cruising speed.
If the vehicle speed is higher than 10 km/h but not higher than 180 km/h, the current
vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control is activated, you can release the accelerator pedal to maintain
the set cruising speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Adaptive Cruise Control will adjust the speed of your vehicle
according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed the
cruising speed.
When there is no vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control will quickly adjust the speed of
your vehicle to the cruising speed.
When driving with Adaptive Cruise Control, you can press the accelerator pedal hard at any time
to take over your vehicle in a short amount of time. At this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will no longer
respond to the target lead vehicle, and your vehicle will be completely under your control. When you
release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle will return to the cruising speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control actively accelerates your vehicle, the accelerator pedal will not
move. When Adaptive Cruise Control decelerates your vehicle, the brake pedal may move.
After you exit Adaptive Cruise Control by pressing the Middle button on the left side of the steering wheel or pressing
the brake pedal, you can activate it again by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering
wheel, and you can restore the vehicle speed to the previously set cruising speed. If you press the Up
button on the left side of the steering wheel while pressing the accelerator pedal, the current speed will
be set as the cruising speed. The maximum set speed is 180 km/h (110 mph).
Operating Conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control :
The high-definition camera, LiDAR and radar function normally, and the field of vision is
clear.
No components of Adaptive Cruise Control are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
The driver does not step on the brake pedal.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
The feature cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal
driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are
distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate
Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Disabling Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated when:
The steering wheel button is pressed
The brake pedal is pressed.
In addition, when the conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, it will be
automatically deactivated. You can take control of the vehicle immediately after Adaptive Cruise Control
is deactivated.
After Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated, the vehicle may slow down due to regenerative
braking, and will not be able to maintain the set distance to the lead vehicle.
Aaptive Cruise Control may be canceled suddenly due to unexpected circumstances. Please
always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
Adjusting Adaptive Cruise Control Speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active, go to the Settings interface from the control bar of
the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Cruise Speed Adjustment, and
select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruise speed can be adjusted by:
Press for 1 km/h, Press and hold for 5 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or
decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease
the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press+hold the
Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
Long press for 1 km/h and short press for 5 km/h.
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or
decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or
decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press
the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 180 km/h.
The minimum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 10 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to
decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, shortly press for 1 km/h, or long press for 5km/h.
The cruise speed cannot be adjusted via NOMI.
Adjusting Following Time and Distance with Adaptive Cruise Control
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active or in standby, the following time and distance can be
adjusted in 5 levels.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a farther setting.
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a closer setting.
Caution当跟车时间距离被设置较近时,自适应巡航驾驶行为较为激烈,可能会引起不适。
When the time distance to the lead vehicle is set shorter, Adaptive Cruise Control will
respond more aggressively, which may cause a level of discomfort.
Warning您有责任在任何时候确定并保持安全的跟车距离,请勿完全依靠自适应巡航保持车距。
It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all times.
Do not rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate
following distance.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD)
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been incorporated into the digital instrument
cluster, situated to the left of the real-time vehicle speed. This indicator light enables the user to
comprehend the features of intelligent driving that can be activated at this time and those that are
currently operational. Furthermore, the status of cruise speed in intelligent driving can be discerned.
Feature
Active state
To be activated
Loss of lateral control
Lane Centering Control
Adaptive Cruise Control
/
When Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays a warning to drive cautiously, it
means that there is a risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Adaptive Cruise
Control can no longer maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and
steering wheel immediately to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.
Go Notifier
When the vehicle is stopped when following the lead vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control:
If the lead vehicle starts, Adaptive Cruise Control will follow it and actively start the
vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent
collision accidents from occurring.
When the vehicle is stopped for no more than about 5 minutes when following the lead
vehicle, starting while following is available under Adaptive Cruise Control.
After the vehicle is stopped for about 5 minutes when following the lead vehicle, Electric
Parking Brake will be activated and Adaptive Cruise Control will be deactivated.
If the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, making it impossible to
follow the lead vehicle, you may, after checking the surroundings, reactivate Adaptive Cruise Control
by stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect other traffic participants in all situations, as
this feature may fail, work improperly, or work with delay under the impact of multiple factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions. Never rely on Adaptive
Cruise Control to automatically start the vehicle to follow,, otherwise it may cause personal injury
or vehicle damage.
Intelligent Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle detects new speed limit signs, it will ask you to manually
confirm adjusting your cruise speed to the new speed limit.
Enter the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Intelligent Speed Assist to turn this feature on or off.
Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute
for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic
Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually
alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Assist is not designed to handle all
situations in all traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is the driver's responsibility to pay
attention to traffic and road conditions and to decide whether to use Intelligent Speed Assist.
Intelligent Speed Assist does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Assist combines the speed limit information from the map and camera
to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit
information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available.
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera failure, affect the performance of Adaptive
Cruise Control , or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR failure, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise
Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil
sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The following situations may lead to a radar failure, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise
Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Only the vehicles that meet the conditions will trigger a response by Adaptive Cruise Control.
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are
not limited to:
Transverse vehicles.
Motorcycles, tricycles.
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at
night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles
include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a
certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response in Adaptive Cruise Control
because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Adaptive Cruise Control will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example,
Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind
spots on the sides of the vehicle
When approaching or turning along a road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or
intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle's brakes when it is not necessary or
intended, due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary
target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the
current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for safety
reasons. The driver can take control by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature cannot guarantee accurate recognition of the target in all situations. If you
find that the display of "target lead vehicle" on the digital instrument cluster does not match the
actual situation, please take control of your vehicle in a timely manner. Which include but are not
limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display the
target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead
vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Adaptive
Cruise Control because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause
deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
In the following situations, if the vehicle speed is too high relative to the lead vehicle,
Adaptive Cruise Control may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to maintain
the safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration,
etc.).
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle.
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead.
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed.
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which
include but are not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.).
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.).
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.).
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Adaptive Cruise Control system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Adaptive Cruise Control system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need
to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Predictive Speed Control
Predictive Speed Control (PSC) is an auxiliary feature that assists the driver by reducing the
driving speed through curves when Driver Assistance is activated in either Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) or
Lane Centering Control (LCC/Pilot) mode.
When the Predictive Speed Control is enabled in the settings and the environment and road
conditions meet certain requirements, the system will assist the vehicle to decelerate before entering the
curve and limit the driving speed throughout the curve. After the curve, the cruise speed defined by the
user will be resumed.
Enabling/disabling Predictive Speed Control
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver
Assistance > Predictive Speed Control to enable or disable the feature.
If the system detects that the environment and conditions are met, and the Set Speed for Adaptive
Cruise Control or Lane Centering Control is higher than recommended to safely and comfortably drive through
the upcoming curve, Predictive Speed Control will intervene by gradually reducing the driving speed. When
the PSC is enabled and activated, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will prompt you as
illustrated in the figure.
Dynamic Environment Simulation Display
The dynamic Environment Simulation Display is only for illustration and cannot fully reflect the
real traffic situation. Therefore, do not rely on the content displayed in the dynamic Environment
Simulation Display, e.g. In case of no lane markings are detected.
Predictive Speed Control is a driving assistance feature like Adaptive Cruise Control or Lane
Centering Control. Therefore, the feature is mainly intended for the following scenarios:
Motorways, expressways and other major roads.
Using and following in-vehicle navigation.
The driver is always responsible for safe speed at any time.
CautionPSC驾驶员始终有责任选择安全的行车速度,并遵守现行的交通法规。
The driver always bears the responsibility to choose a safe driving speed and comply with
current traffic laws and regulations.
PSC may provide limited or no assistance in the following scenarios, including but not limited
to:
Curves with excessive curvature, such as highway ramps.
If the vehicle position cannot be determined by the navigation system.
The sensors are blocked or dirty.
In extreme weather conditions, including but not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) can display the external environment monitored
by the vehicle in real-time through a digital instrument cluster, including other traffic elements such as
lane markings.
The digital instrument cluster displays indicators for the status of Driver Assistance Features
as follows:
Displayed icon on instrument cluster
Description
ACC available but not activated
ACC activated
ACC failed to activate
LCC/Pilot available but not activated
LCC/Pilot activated
LCC/Pilot failed to activate
Warning动态环境模拟显示仅供参考,无法替代您的目视检查。
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is for reference only and cannot
replace your visual inspection. Do not rely solely on the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
(ESD) for driving.
Since the detection range of the cameras and sensors associated with the Dynamic
Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is limited, and road and weather conditions may have
adverse effects on detection, always drive with caution.
Caution动态环境模拟显示仅作示意,并不能完全反映真实的交通状况。
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is only for illustrative purposes
and cannot fully reflect the actual traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the content
displayed from the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD).
As a driving assist feature, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) can
neither respond to all traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may
become ineffective, inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the
current traffic laws and regulations.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display may not always be able to detect various objects,
vehicles, riders, or pedestrians, nor accurately display all the conditions of the surrounding environment,
and there is a possibility of display errors. The following circumstances could cause the Dynamic
Environment Simulation and Display to malfunction or have limitations, including but not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel, etc.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The camera is out of focus or faulty.
Vehicle traveling on roads with sharp turns or in poor condition.
Misrepresentation of one kind of object as another kind of object.
Displaying an object in the incorrect direction or at the incorrect distance.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that
may affect the normal operation of the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display. There are many factors
that may interfere with the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display. In order to prevent accidents from
occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure
safe driving.
Parking Camera and Parking Assist
Parking Assist monitors the surrounding conditions of vehicles at low speeds through ultrasonic
sensors to help you drive safely.
During parking, your vehicle will warn you with warning sounds and images according to the
distance between obstacles and the front or rear of the vehicle.
Distance
Frequency of the warning sounds
Color
1.2-1.5 m
None
White
0.9-1.2 m
0, 1, 2 times per second
White
0.6-0.9 m
0, 2, 3 times per second
Orange
0.3-0.6 m
3, 4, 5 times per second
Orange
Less than 0.3 m
High-frequency beeps
Red
Caution爱车前方和后方报警区域不超过1.5 米。
The warning zones in front of and behind the vehicle are limited to a distance of 1.5 meters.
Warning 泊车辅助提示仅供参考,无法替代您的目视观察。
Parking Assist Alert is provided for reference only and cannot replace your visual
observation.
Parking Assist Alert is a driving assist feature and cannot address all traffic, weather,
and road situations. To protect your safety, you must always pay attention to the traffic and road
conditions and decide for yourself whether to activate Parking Assist Alert.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and compliance with current
traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling and Disabling Parking Camera
You can enable the parking camera in the following ways:
Swipe right from the home interface of the center display to enter the Quick Access
interface, and tap Surround View icon to open the 360° surround view.
Enter the application center from the center display and tap Parking
to open the memory view (360° surround view or dual-view).
Engage the vehicle in R gear and open the memory view (360° surround view or dual-view).
After setting the custom feature of the Middle button on the right side of the steering
wheel to Surround View, to press+hold it will activate the 360° surround
view.
Wake up NOMI, enable Parking with your voice, and enable the
360° surround view.
You can tap on the Settings icon in the upper right side of the
Parking Camera interface and select to turn off the warning sound. You should take full responsibility for
any risks that may arise from disabling the warning sound.
It is recommended to only disable the parking assist warning sound when the surrounding
environment clearly does not require it. When you manually disable the parking assist warning
sound, you assume all risks associated with it.
The parking camera will automatically exit when the vehicle is shifted into the P gear
or when the vehicle speed exceeds 16 kilometers per hour.
If the vehicle is not in the R gear, you can also manually exit the parking camera by
using your fingers to swipe the center display or by tapping the OFF button on the interactive
interface.
The ultrasound sensors may be restricted under the following conditions, resulting in
messages such as "Front parking radar fault," "Rear parking radar fault," or "Parking radar fault."
These conditions include, but are not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or
ice).
Adverse weather conditions such as rain, snow, fog, or haze affecting the sensors.
Interference from electrical devices or equipment that can generate disturbances
affecting the sensors.
Due to the characteristics of ultrasonic sensors, they may produce false alarms in certain
situations. These false alarms will end on their own as the road conditions change and will not affect
driving, which include but are not limited to:
Rough asphalt, concrete, cobblestone roads, waterlogged roads, and other uneven
surfaces.
Induction loops and similar devices buried under roads.
Interference caused by large vehicles, construction machinery, and other equipment
nearby.
The ultrasonic sensors may have limitations in detecting obstacles with low heights,
obstacles coming from above or the sides of the vehicle, narrow objects, and other items, including
but not limited to the following. It is crucial for you to always pay attention to the surrounding
environment. Failure to do so may result in property damage or personal injury:
Pedestrians, children, animals.
The activated ground lock, low stone pillars, cylindrical objects, thin poles, sharp
objects, and uneven ground surfaces.
Height-restricted gates, poles, or overhead structures.
Obstacles on the sides of the vehicle that may cause collisions or scratches.
Bicycles, wall corners, edges of parking lot barriers, etc.
Parking Camera Interface
The parking camera consists of two interfaces: 360° surround view and dual-view. Tap the button
on the 360° surround view to switch the interfaces.
Button
Feature
Switch to the dual-view.
Switch to the 360° surround view.
Quick Access.
Switch to the hub view.
Parking Camera View
After opening the Dual-View interface, you can switch to the front view and rear view by
switching between the Drive (D) gear and the Reverse (R) gear, or tap the 3D view, front view, rear view,
left and right hub view, front hub view and rear hub view in the lower left area of the center display to
switch between different views.
When using the 3D view, you can adjust the viewing angle by swiping with one finger, adjust the
viewing distance by zooming in with two fingers and adjust the viewing height by swiping up and down with
two fingers.
When the center display shows the left/right wheel view, front wheel view, or rear wheel
view, the parking view will not change when you shift gears.
Adjusting the Brightness of the Parking Camera
Auto Adjustment
Tap Quick Access in the Parking Camera interface to find Brightness Adjustment, then select
Auto. The brightness of the center display can be automatically adjusted along with the brightness of the
environment.
Manual Adjustment
Tap Quick Access in the Parking Camera interface to find Brightness, then slide the brightness
adjustment slider to manually adjust the brightness of the central display.
Dynamic Steering View
After the feature is activated, the viewing angle of the front and rear reversing images will
be adjusted according to the rotation angle of the steering wheel, helping users expand their reversing
view and improving parking safety.
Enter the application center from the bottom of the center display, tap Parking, and turn on Dynamic Steering View in the
Parking settings.
Dynamic Transparent Chassis
Dynamic transparent chassis refers to a transparent effect that can be presented, via technical
processing, on the road images collected by the camera in advance when the vehicle is moving, and
transmitted to the center display of the vehicle so that the road conditions can be seen in the vehicle.
You can enable this feature on the Settings interface of the parking camera. After the dynamic
transparent chassis is enabled, the transparency of the model during driving can be customized, which
includes four options: Opaque, Low, Medium and High.
The Dynamic Transparent Chassis cannot detect possible environmental changes under the
chassis when the vehicle is stationary. Please drive with caution and always pay attention to your
surroundings to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Dynamic Blind Spot
Due to the relative positioning of the cameras and the body, there is a dynamic blind spot
range covering 20 centimeters around the model of your vehicle in the 360° Surround View. Please pay
attention to the actual situation around your vehicle when parking.
The blind spot indication shown in the surround view image serves as a reference only, and
cannot substitute your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and park the vehicle only
after your safety is ensured.
Due to the existence of blind spots, some low objects close to the vehicle may not be fully
displayed. Please pay attention and drive carefully.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion) uses surround-view cameras and
ultrasonic sensors to detect ground markings or parking spaces between two vehicles, so as to provide
reverse parking assistance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion supports perpendicular parking, parallel parking,
and limited angled parking, but does not support parking in three-dimensional parking spaces.
Caution为保证该功能的正常和安全运行,在使用该功能过程中,请务必全程系好安全带。
To ensure the normal and safe operation of this feature, please make sure to fasten your seat
belt during the use of this feature.
The performance of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion depends on the capabilities
of the surround view camera and ultrasonic sensors to detect and identify the environment.
Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if any one of the two side mirrors,
the surround view camera, and the ultrasonic sensors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
You should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, and animals near your vehicle, and
other fine, pointed, low or suspended obstacles undetected by the ultrasonic sensors, such as parking
locks, low stone blocks, traffic cones, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, corners of walls, and
square columns in parking lots.
As a driving assist feature, Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot handle all
situations in all traffic, weather, road, and light conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Shiftless
Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road
or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, or there are
other safety risks. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for parking safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion parks the vehicle as follows:
Parking space search:
Manual parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space
Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h, and stop after the instrument
cluster or center diaplay show that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and
choose a safe and suitable parking space.
Auto parking space search: When the road conditions and system conditions are met,
drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h. When a parking space is found in the
background, the Parking Assist button will appear on the Map interface. Touch the button and stop the
vehicle according to the text prompts on the interface. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe
and appropriate parking space.
Parking:
Select a safe and suitable parking space, and follow the instructions in the center
display to allow the vehicle to perform the parking maneuvers. Keep checking the surroundings to
ensure that the vehicle is parked safely.
Parking completed:
When Parking is completed, the Dual-view Image interface will prompt P inthe instrument
cluster.
Details are as follows:
Parking Space Search
Before searching for a parking space, the vehicle must meet the following conditions:
The vehicle speed is lower than 16 km/h.
The vehicle is in the D or R gear position.
All doors are closed.
The driver is seated.
ACC or LCC is not enabled.
Ultrasonic sensors and surround-view cameras function properly with a clear view.
No system error.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered.
Traction control system, vehicle stability control system are not disabled.
Not available in ECO+ Mode.
When the above conditions are met, you can initiate Parking Space Search in any of the
following ways:
Where the parking camera is off, say a command like "I want to park"or "Park the
vehicle" to wake up NOMI, which will open the Dual-view Image interface directly and enter Parking
Space Search.
Swipe right on the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, tap Parking Assist, enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space
Search.
Put your vehicle in Reverse, and tap the button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space Search.
Tap the parking camera to enter the 360° image interface, tap the button in the upper left corner to open
Parking Space Search.
After turning on Parking Space Search feature, keep the vehicle at a distance of 0.5 to 1.5
meters from the target parking space, while driving at a speed of less than 16 km/h to search for a
parking space.
During the search for a parking space, when a white "P" appears on the center display, it
means that the system has found a parking space on the corresponding side. If a "P" appears on both
sides, it means that the system has found parking spaces on both sides.
Stop the vehicle at this time, keep the brake on, and check whether the parking space is
safe and suitable. If multiple parking spaces are found, you can manually select the appropriate
parking space on the Dual-view Image interface.
Note开始搜索车位后,若爱车挂入 R 挡并后退,车位搜索将保持。
After the vehicle starts searching a parking space, if you shift into REVERSE and
reverse the vehicle, it will continue searching.
Caution若车速大于约16 公里/小时,车位搜索会退出。
If the vehicle speed is above 16 km/h, the parking space search will stop.
Caution若搜索车位时,车辆前进方向与道路方向偏角过大,会影响最终泊车的效果。
When searching for parking spaces, parking may not be successful if the vehicle’s
direction has significantly deviated from the direction of the road.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion can be used to identify the barrier-free
parking space sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking
space will display the corresponding icon on the lower-left corner of the parking space interface.
Currently, the identification of barrier-free signs that are not located within parking spaces,
such as standing metal plates and text signs, is not supported. Additionally, this type of parking
space may be misidentified. Please select a parking space according to the actual situation.
You must always check and confirm if the detected parking space is safe and
suitable for parking. Do not rely solely on Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to
search for suitable parking spaces.
This feature is not available on high-speed roads and urban expressways.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
The system may misidentify parking spaces on roads, at entrances, in bushes, etc.
You need to determine if the parking space is suitable.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot determine if the detected
parking space is legitimate. You need to confirm the legitimacy before starting the parking
procedure.
Parking
Select a safe and suitable parking space, release the steering wheel and brake pedal
according to instructions displayed on the interface, and then initiate the S-APA with Fusion feature.
During the parking process, the interface will display the current gear and the remaining length of
the route in this gear as a reference. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure the safety of the
parking process.
After selecting a parking space, you can de-select it by tapping the space again before
releasing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is parked, the "P" on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital
instrument cluster will turn green.
Caution请在车辆提示“请松开刹车和方向盘”后,再释放制动踏板,以免泊车功能退出,车辆后退。
Please only release the brake pedal when you receive the prompt “Release the brake
pedal and the steering wheel” on the center display. Otherwise, Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist
will cancel and the vehicle will move backwards.
Before releasing the brake pedal, make sure that your hands and arms do not interfere
with the steering wheel to avoid any injuries caused by its rapid movement. When parking, always
be prepared to apply the brakes to pause the process or take over.
Initiating Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion in a narrow parking space may
affect the performance of the sensors, which can increase the risk of damaging the vehicle or
surrounding objects.
You are responsible for driving safely. Always pay attention to your surroundings when
parking, ensure that the parking process is safe, and be prepared to take over at any time. In
particular, you should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, or animals near your
vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low, or suspended obstacles the ultrasonic sensors may not be
able to detect.
Any retrofits or modifications made to the steering wheel, including but not limited to
steering wheel cover, steering wheel modification, and counterweight ring, will increase the
parking risk caused by failed or affected Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
The center display only shows available parking spaces that Shiftless Automatic Parking
Assist is capable of parking in, which are subject to both the size of the parking space and its
surroundings. If you spot any obstacles that suddenly appear around the car while parking, take
over immediately as the system may not apply the brakes in time.
Parking Completed
The vehicle is properly parked when the Dual-view Image interface prompts a "P" on the left
or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster turns green.
After parking, you may need to make further adjustments to the vehicle in order to ensure
that the vehicle is in the best parking position.
Before leaving, make sure that the electric parking brake is activated and the vehicle is
in Park gear.
Caution 受周围环境影响,系统可能会提前完成泊车,需要您酌情调整车辆位置。
Parking may be finished in advance due to the surroundings. In this case, you may need to
adjust the vehicle’s position manually.
Pausing Parking
During the process of parking under Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, you can
lightly step on the brake pedal to slow the vehicle down without disengaging the feature; only when you
keep stepping on the brake pedal until the speed is reduced to 0 km/h, will the feature be suspended. In
addition, stepping on the accelerator pedal during parking will also suspend the parking.
If you actively intervene with the steering wheel, the parking feature will be suspended.
Intervention includes, but is not limited to, the process of perpendicularly backing into a
parking space with Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion active, if the system detects that there
may be a safety risk or the parking result cannot be guaranteed, the system will pause parking and ask you
whether to continue parking.
After parking is paused, check the surroundings to ensure that it is safe to continue parking,
then release the brake pedal, and tap the “Resume Parking” button on the center display to re-activate
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
Caution若泊车过程中暂停次数过多,会影响最终泊车的效果。
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
Disabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
You can deactivate the parking operation process manually in the following ways. Take over
control of the speed and direction of your vehicle after actively disengaging Shiftless Advanced Parking
Assist with Fusion:
Step on the brake pedal and shift gears
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is suspended, tap the "Stop Parking"
button on the Dual-view Image interface.
Actively exit the Dual-view Image interface
In addition, when Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active, the following
situations will cause the ongoing parking to stop, requiring you to take over the vehicle in time:
Too close to an obstacle.
Front trunk, liftgate or any door is open.
Electric parking brake is activated.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
triggered.
Driver leaves seat.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion has been suspended for more than about 30
seconds.
Too many front and rear adjustments.
The overall parking process has timed out.
System fault.
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is deactivated abnormally, the "P" in the
instrument cluster will turn red.
Precautions and Restrictions
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the
vehicle is driving under the following road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the road surface is
slanted or sloped. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is only designed for use on road
surfaces with no gradients.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the road surface is uneven
or there are steps on the road. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is designed for use on
flat roads only.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if there is water, mud,
potholes, ice and snow, speed bumps, and obstacles on the road.
The curb material is special or cannot be detected. If parked improperly, the tires and
wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take over
the vehicle.
When the road surface is slanted or the slope is beyond the supported range, the success
rate of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot be guaranteed.
If the angle of the slanted parking space exceeds the supported range, the parking space
will not be released, and the success rate for parking cannot be guaranteed.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection of the following obstacles, requiring you to be
ready to take over the vehicle at any time, so as to prevent property damage or personal injury, which
include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, animals, etc.
Thin, pointed, short, and suspended obstacles, such as ground locks, low stone piers, low
cylinders, thin rods, sharp objects, etc.
Wall corners, parking lot columns, etc.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected,
which includes but is not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or ice)
Severe weather like rain, snow, fog, and haze affect the performance of ultrasonic sensors
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause
interference
The surround-view camera may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected,
which includes but is not limited to:
The left and right side mirrors or the front and rear of the vehicle are damaged, resulting
in an abnormal position of the surround-view camera
The surround-view camera is soiled (such as by mud or ice) or obscured
Under strong sunlight or dappled tree shade
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Poor lighting conditions (dark), strong reflection from the ground, or poor visibility
(heavy rain, heavy snow, dense fog)
A parking space of an unconventional size (too narrow or too wide), or a tile-paved parking
space
Worn, unclear, covered, or overlapping parking space lines
Cylindrical, square and other shaped pillars near the parking space
Parking space at a corner
The system may not be able to judge and exclude parking spaces with no-parking markings,
cones, restricted-stop signs, ground locks, or other special parking spaces
The system may not be able to exclude parking spaces with obstacles, such as pedestrians,
bicycles, tricycles, low debris, bricks, etc.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the
vehicle is driving in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking
and may cause the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to not work, or not function as
expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or
modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a trailer is attached to
the rear of the vehicle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the vehicle is fitted with
snow chains or a spare wheel.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a loaded object protrudes
into the area surrounding the vehicle.
Non-original tires or low tire pressure will affect the driving trajectory of Shiftless
Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion. When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active,
make sure the tires are original and properly inflated.
After changing the tire size and specifications, you need to update the relevant parameters
at the After-sales Services. Currently only the tire models specified by us are supported; any
modification of the vehicle's tire size and specifications may affect parking performance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected due to
the following target parking space conditions, which include but are not limited to:
The target parking space is adjacent to the roadside fence, high walls, street lights,
trees, bushes, pillars, suspended obstacles such as railings, distribution boxes, chargers, etc.,
which will affect the final parking effect and may even cause vehicle damage.
The target parking space is on a curve, which will affect the final parking effect.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the target parking space
is at an angle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when there are obstacles such
as unlocked ground locks, cones, shopping carts, and lampposts in the target parking space.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the following conditions may
lead to poor vision of the observed environment while driving, which include but are not limited to:
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is blurred, damaged or in an abnormal position.
The surround-view camera is blurry, damaged, or in an unusual position.
Poor vision at night or due to insufficient light.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion repeatedly in the following
situations, which include but are not limited to:
After vigorous driving or repeated parking operations, which may trigger overheating
protection of the steering system. Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion for
prolonged periods of time or repeatedly.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. There are
many factors that may interfere with the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. In order to
prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and
vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Power Swap with Assisted Parking
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) can help drivers park their vehicles in the Power
Swap Station without any steering wheel input, braking, acceleration, or gear shift operations.
Search for the Power Swap Station on the map, or open the power-up assistant to screen the Power
Swap Station:
If you are within the order placing range of the Power Swap Station, directly tap to place an
order;
If you are not in the order placing range, navigate to the Power Swap Station and place an
order when you arrive nearby.
The locations of your vehicle and the NIO App are checked during order placement. An
order cannot be placed successfully unless your vehicle is within 200m of the power swap station.
In the event of an order placement failure due to unavailable vehicle network, please try
again after the network resumes or consult the field specialist.
Please read the Agreement and Disclaimer before placing an order.
When the order is placed successfully, a power swapping serial number will be generated to enter
the queuing sequence. You can check the battery's charging status, the number of people in the current
queue, the estimated waiting time and other information on the order interface of the mobile App and the
vehicle.
After the lead vehicle finishes the power swap and leaves the Power Swap Station, the Power Swap
Station will send a number calling command after checking to notify you to enter the station for the power
swap. Tap the "Activate Power Swap Process" button on the center display to start the parking process.
Please await your turn in the vicinity of the Power Swap Station and monitor the queue
status on your center display or NIO App. Should you fail to take your turn, please contact the
field specialist in a timely manner.
If you have to leave the Power Swap Station for some reason, please pay attention to the
queuing status on the NIO App or cancel the order in time.
Please avoid the lane in front of the station when waiting for Power Swap.
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking feature may not operate as expected in the following
situations:
The material that the curb is made out of is not stone or the curb is undetectable. If parked
improperly, the tires and wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you
need to promptly take over the vehicle.
Any modification or alteration of the steering wheel, which may increase the risk of parking
and may result in the Power Swap with Assisted Parking becoming inoperable or malfunctioning, including
but not limited to the installation of a leather steering wheel cover, the modification of the steering
wheel or weight ring, etc.
One or more ultrasonic sensors are contaminated or obstructed (e.g. sludge or ice and snow).
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, extreme heat or cold, etc.) interfere with the
operation of the sensor.
Reflective ground or water on the ground.
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause
interference.
The road surfaces are uneven, have grass planting bricks, grooves, etc.
It is equipped with snow chains or spare wheels.
The loaded objects protrude around the vehicle.
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
After the tire size is changed, you need to go to the service center to update the
relevant parameters. Currently, only the official tire models are supported. Any modification
related to the vehicle tire size and performance may affect the parking performance.
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
High-speed driving or multiple parking operations may trigger overheat protection for the
steering system. Do not use this feature repeatedly for an extended period.
When the target parking space is close to roadside fences, high walls, street lights,
trees, bushes, pillars, or overhanging obstacles such as railings, power distribution boxes and
charging connectors, these obstacles may affect the parking result and even cause vehicle damage.
Parking into the Power Swap Station
After tapping the "Activate Power Swap Process" button, please enter the starting area for the
power swap in the specified direction at a speed lower than 18 km/h according to the vehicle's
instructions.
A high speed may cause positioning detection failure. Please keep the speed below 18
km/h.
Please drive as instructed by the arrows on the ground and avoid vehicles and
pedestrians around.
If positioning detection fails, please contact the field specialist to take over your
vehicle and manually reverse for power swap.
After entering the starting area for the power swap, when the Dynamic Environment Simulation
and Display (ESD) displays and NOMI plays a voice prompt saying that the vehicle has been successfully
located, please press the brake pedal to keep the vehicle stationary and wait for positioning detection.
Make sure your seat belt is fastened and the door is closed while you wait in the starting
area.
Tap the "Assist in Parking Into the Power Swap Station" button. When you see "Please release
the brake and steering wheel", follow the instructions to start parking in the Power Swap Station.
Parking will be suspended if obstacles are detected during the process.
If parking is suspended due to systemic reasons or active intervention during the process,
please confirm that there are no obstacles in the surrounding area and manually resume the parking.
If you are unable to continue parking, you can select "Terminate Parking", and the on-site
specialist will manually swap power for the vehicle after you quit. If the Power Swap Station is
unattended, users can choose to park automatically or manually again, or contact the specialist.
After parking is completed, swap power for the vehicle as instructed on the interface.
Before or during parking into the power swap station, please always pay attention to your
surroundings to confirm that there are no passing vehicles, pedestrians, children, etc. and ensure
parking safety.
Please do not take over the accelerator pedal, unbuckle the seat belt, leave the driver’s
seat, or open the door during parking into the power swap station.
Starting/Ending the Power Swap
After parking successfully in place, it will automatically enter the one-button Power Swap
process. Please read the instructions on the vehicle's screen carefully and tap to start the power swap.
The vehicle will automatically adjust to the power swap status, and switch off the screen to
start the power swap.
If your vehicle is not parked in place or failed to be automatically adjusted, please
adjust your vehicle as instructed by the field specialist.
The windows or air conditioning cannot be adjusted during the power swap. Please adjust
them to proper positions in advance.
During the power swap, it is normal that the vehicle jerks slightly with some noise and
some warning lights are on temporarily.
During the process, do not try to open any door, shift gears, press the brake pedal, or
perform other actions, which may cancel the power swap abnormally.
After the power swap is completed, the vehicle's screen will light up to indicate that the
power swap has been completed. At this time, it can drive away from the Power Swap Station without any
problems.
Caution 驶出换电站时请注意观察前方的车辆及行人,确认安全后再驶出换电站。
Please pay attention to any vehicles or pedestrians in front for safety before exiting the
power swap station.
The above warnings and precautions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect
the normal operation of the Power Swap with Assisted Parking system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Power Swap with Assisted Parking system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring,
you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe
driving.
Side Distance Indication System
The Side Distance Indication System monitors the front of the vehicle when it is driving at a low
speed with ultrasonic sensors. When approaching obstacles, it automatically activates the Parking Camera
interface to assist in assessing parking space or navigating through narrow passages, such as
restricted-width roads.
The Side Distance Indication System is for reference only and cannot replace your visual
inspection.
The Side Distance Indication System is a driving assist feature and cannot address all
traffic, weather, and road situations. In extreme and adverse weather conditions, including but not
limited to rain, snow, fog, and haze, it is not recommended to activate this feature.
To protect your safety, you must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions and
decide for yourself whether to activate the Side Distance Indication System.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and compliance with current
traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling and Disabling Side Distance Indication System
The Side Distance Indication System can be enabled or disabled by the Settings button on the
Parking Camera interface. When the Side Distance Indication System feature is enabled, different layout
styles can be selected, such as Dual-View, Full-Screen, and Picture-in-Picture.
The Parking Camera interface will be automatically activated when the following conditions are
met simultaneously:
Vehicle in D gear.
The speed does not exceed 16 km/h.
There are obstacles in any of the areas ahead and they are close to the vehicle.
Detection Areas and Distances of Side Distance Indication System
Area
Distance
1
Distance within 50 cm
2
Distance within 80 cm
3
Distance within 80 cm
You can tap the upper right of the Parking Camera interface to turn off the warning sound. You
should take full responsibility for any risks that may arise from disabling the warning sound.
Automatic Exit of the Parking Camera Interface:
The Parking Camera interface will be automatically closed after 4.5 seconds since you have
passed the obstacle.
When the Side Distance Indication System is turned off by tapping the blank area of the
parking camera or grabbing the screen with fingers, it can be temporarily disabled for 3 minutes, and
normal use can be resumed 3 minutes later.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 16 km/h.
When the working conditions for the Side Distance Indication System are met again, the
Parking Camera interface will be automatically activated.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather
conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of
Side Distance Indication System. Side Distance Indication System may be affected by many factors. To avoid
safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with
caution.
Vehicle Health Status
Please keep an eye on the health status of the vehicle to keep your vehicle in the best
condition. You can tap My ET5 Touring on the main screen of the center display
to enter the Vehicle Health Status interface. When you are on this interface, the vehicle can perform a
self-check, and show you the current health status of the vehicle once it is finished.
You can also check the power consumption of the current trip on the My ET5
Touring interface, and reset the trip by tapping Reset Accumulated
Mileage.
Maintenance Instructions
To ensure that the vehicle can operate normally and bring a good driving and riding experience,
you need to conduct regular vehicle maintenance.
In light of the complexity of vehicle systems and the after-sales service requirements of
electric vehicles by national laws and regulations, we recommend you to have your vehicle maintained
regularly at NIO’s service center. If you have any inquiries about the vehicle inspection, please contact
NIO at any time.
Routine Maintenance
Routine maintenance is very important for ensuring your vehicle performance, reducing your costs
of vehicle usage, and extending your vehicle service life. It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center
to have maintenance conducted according to the following requirements.
Daily Maintenance
Daily maintenance is a very important measure to ensure driving safety and reduce vehicle
malfunctions. The following items shall be checked on a daily basis. If any abnormalities are found,
please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for relevant inspections.
Check that all exterior lights, horns, turn signals, and hazard warning lights work
properly.
Check that the wipers and windshield washers work properly.
Check that the brakes work properly.
Check that the seat belts work properly.
Check if there are abnormally lit indicator lights or text warning messages on the
instrument cluster and center display.
Check the tire pressure and check the tires for damage and abnormal wear.
Check if there is any abnormal accumulation of fluids under your vehicle body (water
accumulation caused by dehumidification in the air conditioning system is normal).
When driving, pay attention to whether there are abnormal sounds such as bumps or impacts
from the bottom of your vehicle body.
Check your vehicle body for any dirt (such as bird droppings, resin, asphalt spots,
insects, and industrial dust) that may damage the paint. If there is any dirt, please clean your
vehicle body according to the instructions. Refer to "Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance".
Check for any dirt in the roof LiDAR area, high-definition camera area, and 360
surround-view camera area. If there is any dirt, please clean those areas according to the
instructions. Refer to Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance.
Replace the smart key battery according to the prompts on the center display of your
vehicle.
Regular Maintenance
When driving in normal driving conditions, please go to the NIO Service Center for vehicle
maintenance according to the following maintenance items and intervals:
Gearbox oil: Replace every 200,000 kilometers.
Brake fluid: Replace every 3 years.
Coolant: Check the coolant at the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
If the coolant is not replaced, check the coolant every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first) and replace it if necessary. If the coolant is replaced, check the new coolant
in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
When your vehicle is used in extremely cold (below -30 ° C) climates, check the coolant and
replace it if necessary.
Brake pads: At the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first),
check your brake pads for wear and replace them if necessary.
If the brake pads are not replaced, check the brake pads every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake pads are replaced, check the new
brake pads for wear in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them
if necessary.
Brake discs: At the latest, check your brake discs for wear and replace them if necessary
in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first).
If the brake discs are not replaced, check the brake discs every 2 years or 40,000
kilometers (whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake discs are replaced,
check the new brake discs for wear in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first),
and replace them if necessary.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO
technical standards.
Irregular Maintenance
It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for the following maintenance when needed
based on the conditions of your vehicle and the prompts on the center display:
Check the wiper strips for aging and scraping, and replace them if necessary.
Check the air filter according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle and
replace it if necessary.
Replace the 12V battery according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle.
In cold regions, it is recommended to clean and lubricate the calipers annually or every 20,000
kilometers.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO
technical standards.
It is recommended to go to NIO Service Center for a comprehensive vehicle health check when
needed based on the usage environment and condition of your vehicle.
Special Maintenance
If your vehicle is frequently driven in the following harsh environments, additional
maintenance items or shorter maintenance intervals may be required. For specifics, please contact the NIO
Service Center.
Driving in a dusty environment.
Driving in harsh cold (below -20 ℃) or high temperature (above 40 ℃) environments.
Driving in humid environments or frequently wading in water.
Driving on roads with high salt content or corrosive materials.
Frequent braking or driving in mountainous areas.
Often used for special purposes such as high loads.
Retrofitted or modified for special purposes.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
The front wipers remove rainwater and stains on the windshield (used together with windshield
washer fluid). If your vision through the windshield is blurred or if there are multiple obvious water marks
after the wiping, which affect the driver's vision and do not disappear, it's time to replace the wiper
blades.
How to replace the front wiper blades:
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Doors and Windows Lock > Wipers > Front Wiper Service Position,
and then the front wipers will move to a position that is convenient for replacement.
After the front wipers move to the service position, they can be lifted upwards: press and
hold the front wiper blade tab and slide the wiper blade down perpendicular to the wiper arm to remove
the wiper blade.
Insert the new wiper blade until you hear a "click", which indicates that the wiper blade
has been properly secured.
To add windshield washer fluid, open the hood. If necessary, please contact the NIO Service
Center for assistance, so as to avoid injuries resulting from accidental contact with high-voltage
components.
Windshield washer fluid is flammable and irritating. When using it, please avoid open
flames or in contact with body parts.
Windshield washer fluid may damage your vehicle light cover. Please prevent the windshield
washer fluid from coming into contact with the light cover.
Do not add coolant to the windshield washer fluid. Otherwise, it may damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
Windshield washer fluid helps maintain good visibility in the front windshield. How to add
windshield washer fluid:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the windshield washer fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of washer fluid.
Caution加注风窗洗涤液时请对准壶口,缓慢加注;若洗涤液不慎洒落请及时擦拭干净。
When topping up the windshield washer fluid, please fill the reservoir carefully to
avoid spilling and wipe up any spills immediately.
Close the lid of the washer fluid pot tightly after adding the washer fluid.
When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands to lower it a little bit first, and
then push the hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not close the hood forcefully or allow it to fall freely.
Please add appropriate windshield washer fluid according to the outdoor temperature. In
cold weather, please use washer fluid containing antifreeze to avoid reducing the visibility through
the windshield.
When using concentrated windshield washer fluid, please follow the manufacturer's
instructions to dilute it with water.
Do not add water to the ready-to-use windshield washer fluid, or it may cause the washer
fluid to freeze and damage the washer fluid reservoir and other components of the washer system.
When the weather is very cold, it is recommended to add washer fluid to three-quarters of
the reservoir to prevent the washer fluid from freezing and expanding, which can damage the washer
fluid reservoir.
Do not add formulated windshield washer fluid containing waterproofing agent or
insect-stain removal washer fluid, or it may cause streaks, stains, squeaks, or other noises during
wiping.
Coolant Refill
Warning添加冷却液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s coolant.
Coolant helps the vehicle E-Powertrain System to run at a suitable temperature range. How to
refill coolant:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the coolant cap and refill an appropriate amount of coolant (between the MIN level and
the MAX level).
Close the coolant cap tightly.
When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands to lower it a little bit first, and
then push the hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Brake Fluid Refill
Warning添加制动液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s brake fluid.
Brake fluid is the medium that transmits brake pressure in the hydraulic brake system. How to
add brake fluid:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the brake fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of brake fluid (between the MIN
level and the MAX level).
Close the brake fluid cap tightly.
When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands to lower it a little bit first, and
then push the hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Tire Inspection and Maintenance
Do not drive on damaged, over-worn, or incorrectly inflated tires. For driving safety, please
check the tires on a regular basis:
Inspect the tires frequently for damage (punctures, cuts, tears, and bulges), and remove
foreign matter embedded in the tire tread.
A puncture will cause the tire to lose pressure, so it's important to check the tire
pressure frequently. Repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible. If you feel
sudden shaking or bumps while driving, or suspect that the tires are damaged, slow down immediately
while avoiding heavy braking or sudden steering. Stop after confirming that it is safe, and then
contact the NIO Service Center for assistance immediately.
If the tire valve dust cap is lost, please replace it as soon as possible.
Keep the tires away from oil, grease or fuel.
Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place. Separate tires that are not on wheels
should be stored upright.
Do not store summer tires or park a vehicle with summer tires in ambient temperatures below
-15 °C.
Check the tread pattern for wear marks on a regular basis, especially before and after long
drives. If the tire is worn down to 1.6mm or less, a wear mark will appear, by then the ground grip of the
tire will be greatly reduced, and the tire will need to be replaced immediately to prevent the risk of an
accident occurring.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced if they show the following damage:
Damage such as cuts, splits, and cracks down to the carcass, and bulges that indicate inner
ply damage.
Frequently leaks, or irreparable damage due to the size or location of the cut or other
damaged locations.
Punctures, bulges and damage to tire sidewalls.
Deformation or corrosion of tires caused by long-term parking.
If you are not sure, please consult the NIO Service Center.
Caution若轮胎磨损不均匀,建议您到服务中心进行轮胎动平衡检查。
If tire wear is uneven, we recommend that you contact NIO to have the tires checked for dynamic
balancing.
In order to reduce tire wear and prolong the service life of the tires, the tires should be
cared for according to your driving habits and road conditions:
New tires are in the run-in period during the first 500 kilometers. Running in at a
moderate speed and with a careful driving style will prolong the service life of the tires.
When passing a curb or similar sections of road, keep the wheels perpendicular to the curb
as much as possible, and drive slowly.
Hard impacts of the tires against curbs or objects with sharp edges, such as rocks, or
impacts against sharp edges can cause imperceptible tire damage that will add up in the future.
Depending on the severity of the impact, it may damage the rim flange.
Turning too fast, over acceleration and hard braking will increase tire wear.
New tires, after they are replaced, must undergo a dynamic balance check.
If the vehicle cannot remain straight or keeps deviating while driving, please go to the
NIO Service Center to check the wheel alignment parameters and make adjustments if necessary.
If the rear tires have less wear than the front tires, then swap the front and rear tires
as needed. It is recommended to swap the front and rear tires every 10,000 km.
CautionWhen passing through large pits, speed bumps, obstacles or damaged roads, please pay
attention to safety and slow down to reduce the likelihood that the low-profile tires bulge or
burst.
When passing through large pits, speed bumps, obstacles or damaged roads, please pay
attention to safety and slow down to reduce the likelihood that the low-profile tires bulge or burst.
Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and Maintenance
Please depress the brake pedal occasionally when driving on rainy days or on ice- and
snow-covered roads so that the heat generated by friction can make the brake pads warm and dry. The same
shall be done when you drive in extremely wet or cold weather.
After having your vehicle cleaned, dry the brake for a short time to avoid impacting the braking
effect and prevent the brake disc from rusting.
Because the wear condition of brake pads and brake discs depends largely on your driving style
and service conditions, it is impossible to determine the wear condition in terms of actual driving mileage.
This high performance braking system is used to achieve comprehensive and excellent braking
effects at various vehicle speeds and temperatures. Therefore, in certain vehicle speed, braking force and
environment conditions (such as temperature and humidity), the brake may make a sharp noise.
New and replaced brake pads and brake discs can provide the best braking effect after a
"running-in" period of at least 500 kilometers. During the running-in period, you need to depress the brake
pedal harder to compensate for the reduced braking effect.
Air Filter Inspection and Maintenance
After replacing the air filter, go to the Comfort settings interface from the bottom of the
center display, and tap Air Filter Life Timer to reset the filter element
service life timer. This estimated service life is for reference only because the actual service life
depends on the environment and other factors. Replace it when needed.
Make sure to keep the grille shutter of the air conditioner clear of any obstructions (such as
leaves and snow) before driving.
12V Battery Care
The 12V battery supplies 12V power for vehicle starting equipment and electrical equipment, and
is located in the front trunk. Keeping the 12V battery fully charged will prolong its service life.
Warning 低压电池电解液具有腐蚀性,若不慎入眼或皮肤,请立即使用大量水冲洗并送医。
If the 12V battery is leaking or swelling, please contact NIO immediately. If the electrolyte
comes in contact with eyes or skin, please rinse the eyes or skin with running water and seek medical
attention immediately.
If the 12V battery is severely drained (e.g. having been left unused for a long time),
please contact NIO for assistance and do not replace it yourself.
Before leaving the vehicle, please ensure that all electric systems, such as lights and
the media center, are turned off, and park the vehicle in a cool and dry place.
Caution断开并重新连接低压电池后,车窗自动升降及防夹功能将不可用。
After the 12V battery is disconnected and reconnected, the automatic lifting and anti-pinch
features of the window will be temporarily unavailable.
High-voltage Battery Maintenance and Recycling
High-voltage Battery Maintenance
The high-voltage battery is an important driving part of the vehicle. Please pay attention to
the following precautions when using it:
Parking the vehicle in an environment with excessively high or low temperature will
directly affect the service life of the high-voltage battery. Do not park the vehicle in such an
environment for an extended period of time (more than 8 hours).
Do not park the vehicle in a place with high temperature or a heat source to avoid
accidental fire.
The vehicle should be parked in a dry place. Try to avoid parking in damp or watery
parking spaces.
It is recommended not to stay in deep water for a long time (preferably not exceeding the
battery base plate) when the vehicle is wading, as it may cause damage to the high-voltage
components of the vehicle.
Avoid frequent use of high-power DC fast charging to charge the vehicle, as it will
affect the service life of the high-voltage battery.
If the vehicle will not be used for a long time, ensure that the battery level of
high-voltage battery is above 50% (displayed on the digital instrument cluster) and park the vehicle
in a cool and dry place to avoid affecting the service life of the high-voltage battery. It is
recommended to check the battery level every week and use the vehicle once a month.
Please follow the instructions and use a charging device that complies with the charging
specifications to properly charge the vehicle.
When driving on a road with bumps, gravel, or protruding obstacles, please drive slowly
or try to avoid the obstacles to prevent harm to the vehicle chassis or high-voltage battery pack.
If the vehicle body bottom is bumped or a bumping sound is heard, please contact a NIO Service
Center immediately for safety inspection of chassis and high-voltage battery pack.
Warning动力电池属高压部件,请勿私自触碰、移动、拆解动力电池及其相应线路,以免发生人身伤害。
The high voltage battery operates at a high voltage. Do not touch, move, or disassemble
the high voltage battery or its circuit without authorization. Doing so may result in injury.
Please be sure to charge the vehicle within 24 hours when the remaining driving range is
at zero. During this time, the charging speed will be limited until the battery level reaches 50%.
Failure to charge the vehicle within 72 hours may cause irreversible damage to the high voltage
battery.
Recycling of High-voltage Battery
Waste high-voltage batteries need to be properly recycled. In the process of vehicle
maintenance, the high-voltage batteries that meet the following conditions are deemed to require
recycling:
During the maintenance of high-voltage battery in a NIO Service Center, battery capacity
and state are inspected. For batteries that shall be recycled according to the provisions of relevant
laws and regulations, NIO shall assume the entity responsibility and recycle them according to the
market conditions at that time.
In other circumstances, if it is determined that a battery can no longer be utilized but it
is in good condition, it will be recycled and put to degraded use after minimal repair.
If a battery has a major flaw or damage, and cannot be put into degraded use, it will enter
the recycling process.
Caution请勿随意处理或丢弃废旧动力电池,以免对环境造成严重污染。
Do not casually dispose of the high voltage battery, as it can cause severe environmental
damage.
Vehicles, vehicle parts and batteries must be disposed of using authorized recycling companies.
They must not be disposed of in general household waste or sent to landfill as this can cause severe
environmental damage. Please see the NIO website for details.
This symbol on the battery means that this product must not be treated as household waste.
The recycling process of high-voltage battery is as follows: NIO or a third-party recycling
agency designated by NIO will perform recycling and subsequent treatment.
Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown
fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
S/N
Specifications
Description
PF01
400A
DC/DC converter
PF02
200A
Front trunk fuse box
PF03
200A
Instrument panel fuse box
PF04
200A
Rear trunk fuse box
PF05
125A
Electric power steering gear power supply 2
PF06
125A
Electric power steering gear power supply 1
Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regular cleaning and waxing of your vehicle can protect it from damage caused by the external
environment. The interval to wash and wax your vehicle depends on the frequency of use, parking conditions
of your vehicle (in garage, under trees, or in direct sunlight, etc.), and weather conditions.
The deposition of bird droppings, insect residues, resins, industrial dust, tar lumps, coal
cinders, and other deposits on the body paintwork and roof will cause damage to the surface of your
vehicle's paint, headlights, and taillights. If your vehicle is exposed to high temperature and strong
light, the corrosion of the paintwork of your vehicle will be exacerbated. Therefore, it may be necessary to
wash your vehicle once a week. When washing, please soak the dirt with enough water first and then remove
it.
When washing and waxing the vehicle, use special-purpose cleaning and maintenance products.
Check that the products are not expired and be sure to store them out of reach of children after use.
Manual Wash
When manually washing your vehicle, first use enough water to moisten the exterior surface of
your vehicle and rinse off as much dirt as possible. Then, clean your vehicle carefully from the top down
using a soft sponge, cloth, or soft brush. If there is dirt that is difficult to remove, a cleaning agent
can be used. If there is a lot of dirt on the sponge or cloth, replacing it with a new cleaning sponge is
recommended. After cleaning your vehicle, rinse it thoroughly with water and wipe it clean with a towel.
After the winter salt spraying period ends, the bottom of your vehicle needs to be thoroughly washed.
To protect the environment, please wash your vehicle on a dedicated washing platform. If this
equipment is not available, you need to choose a suitable place to wash your vehicle.
To facilitate your vehicle washing operation, you can go to the Settings interface from the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving and Parking > Wash
Mode, where you can choose the opening and closing of the doors, windows, rear trunk, and
charge port, and unlock the settings, wipers, and door handles to reduce damage to your vehicle components
while the vehicle is washed.
Note请勿在阳光直射处清洗车辆,否则会有损伤油漆的风险。
Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight as this may damage the surface of the paint,
headlights, and taillights.
When washing the vehicle with a hose in winter, do not aim directly at the outer door
handles, charge port, and the seams around doors and the sunroof. Otherwise, these parts may be
frozen in place.
Do not use coarse sponges or corrosive cleaning agents to wash the vehicle to avoid
damaging the surface of the paint.
Do not wash the vehicle with water above 60 °C.
Do not use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the headlights. Use only water or soapy water.
Automatic Wash
Your vehicle can be washed in automatic vehicle washing equipment. However, the structure and
filter of the vehicle washing equipment and the type of cleaning agent and maintenance agent can have an
impact on the body paintwork. If the paintwork of your vehicle is dull or even scratched after washing,
please notify the operator of the vehicle washing equipment immediately. If necessary, the vehicle washing
equipment shall be replaced.
Before the automatic vehicle wash of your vehicle is performed, all the doors and windows shall
be closed, the automatic wipers shall be turned off, and the side mirrors shall be folded. At the same
time, the operator of the vehicle washing equipment shall be informed in advance that your vehicle is
equipped with a roof rack, a radio antenna, etc.
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display
and tap Driving and Parking > Wash Mode, where you can choose the opening
and closing of the doors, windows, rear trunk, and charge port, and unlock the settings, wipers, and door
handles to reduce damage to your vehicle components while the vehicle is washed.
Caution 车辆进行自动洗车前,请在中控屏应用程序中心,点击。
Before your vehicle undergoes an automatic vehicle wash, please switch to Neutral gear (N
gear). Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Driving and Parking > N (NEUTRAL).
High Pressure Wash
When using a high pressure washing machine to wash your vehicle, always follow the operating
instructions, and, in particular, maintain a sufficient distance between the spraying nozzle and the
paintwork or soft materials (such as rubber hoses or sound insulation materials). It is recommended that
the distance is more than 500 mm, the pressure is below 100 bar, and the maximum temperature is 60 ℃. When
rinsing, try to make the jet perpendicular to the surface of your vehicle as much as possible. If these
requirements are not satisfied, your vehicle components may be damaged or water droplets may flow into
your vehicle.
Never use a circular or rotating nozzle, especially when washing tires. Even if the spraying
distance is large and the rinsing time is short, the tires may be damaged.
Never use a high pressure washing machine to rinse your vehicle nameplate and the gaps at the
edges and corners of the door glass.
Polishing and Waxing
A high quality wax layer can effectively protect your vehicle's paintwork from environmental
influences and even prevent minor scratches. When water droplets no longer roll off smoothly on the
cleaned body paintwork, a layer of high quality hard wax curing agent shall be applied immediately. If
cleaning and curing agents are applied regularly, applying hard wax at least twice a year is recommended
to protect the body paintwork.
Polishing is only necessary when the body paintwork has lost its gloss and the waxing cannot
restore its glossy appearance. Do not polish components coated with matte paint or plastic parts.
Wiper Blades
Wash in warm soapy water. Do not use cleaning agents derived from alcohol or petroleum
products.
Windows and Side Mirrors
Clean the inner and outer surfaces of all the windows regularly with glass cleaning agents.
Clean the inner surface of the rear windshield with a soft cloth and wipe it horizontally. Do
not scratch the glass or use abrasive cleaning agents to avoid damaging the heating element.
Wash the side mirrors with soapy water. Do not use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the
lens.
Plastic Parts
Plastic parts shall be cleaned through conventional cleaning methods. If the stains cannot be
removed, only solvent-free special cleaning agents for plastic parts can be used. Otherwise, the plastic
parts may be corroded.
Chromium-plated Parts
Chromium-plated parts can be cleaned with a damp cloth and then polished with a soft dry cloth.
If the effect is not good enough, chromium care agents can be used. When using chromium care agents, make
sure to cover the entire surface evenly and completely. Do not clean and polish chrome-plated surfaces in
dusty and sandy environments.
Wheels
To maintain the glossy appearance of the aluminum alloy wheel rims for a long time, you need to
perform regular maintenance on the wheels. It is recommended to clean them every two weeks to prevent fine
abrasive particles, dirt, or salt particles that fall after the vehicle brakes from adhering to them.
Otherwise, the aluminum alloy may be corroded. After cleaning the wheels, apply an acid- and alkali-free
cleaning agent designed specifically for aluminum alloy wheels. Apply hard wax to the wheels every three
months. If the protective paint layer is damaged due to being struck by a stone or other reasons, it must
be repaired immediately and no body paintwork polish or other polishing materials shall be used.
Severe dirt layers on the wheels can also lead to a wheel imbalance. This will be reflected
through wheel vibrations, which will be transmitted to the steering wheel. In some cases, this may cause
premature wear of the steering gear. Therefore, wheels covered in dirt shall be cleaned regularly.
Bottom Plate Protection
The bottom of your vehicle has been treated to prevent chemical and mechanical damage. However,
damage to the protective layer is inevitable during driving. It is recommended to inspect the protective
layer on the bottom and chassis of your vehicle at regular intervals, preferably before winter and in
spring, and perform repairs if necessary.
External Area of Radar
The external area of the radar can be cleaned manually with a flannelet soaked with a proper
amount of water or neutral cleaning solution.
In case of snow or ice, it is necessary to first clean the external area of the radar from ice
and snow, and then wipe it with a flannelet or air dry it.
When using a high pressure washing machine to wash your vehicle, do not rinse the external area
of the radar directly to prevent damage.
Please be careful not to pollute or damage the sensors on the front/rear bumper when
maintaining your vehicle.
Do not apply film, wax, or coat in the external area of the LiDAR. Otherwise, the sensing
performance of the LiDAR will be affected.
Interior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regularly clean the interior with cleaners or conditioners to maintain the interior appearance.
Before using any cleaners, vacuum the interior first.
Some dyes (such as from dark-washed jeans or sheepskin clothing) may stain the interior
materials. When this happens, clean the stained surface as soon as possible.
Do not use strong solvents such as cleaning fluids, petrol or petroleum solvents which may
damage the interior materials.
Do not spray cleaners directly on electronic buttons, switches or parts. Wipe stains with a
soft cloth dampened with cleaning fluid.
Sharp objects may damage the fabric interior.
Fabric Interior
Only use specialized cleaners, dry foam, and a soft brush to clean the fabric materials on the
doors, rear trunk, roof, and other areas.
Leather Interior
You can use a slightly wet cotton or woolen cloth, or a cleaning cloth to clean common dirt on
the leather interior. You can use a cloth dipped in mild car shampoo to clean stubborn oil stains. Make
sure that the leather material is not fully wet and prevent water from seeping through the stitching. Any
remaining water on the leather surface should be quickly wiped off with a soft dry cloth. Stains from
ballpoint pens, ink, lipsticks, shoe polish, and other substances on leather surfaces should be removed as
soon as possible. We recommend you use a 100% pure polyurethane foam sponge for cleaning Nappa leather.
We recommend limiting the use of leather care products as much as possible, no more than twice
a year for light-colored leather and no more than once a year for dark-colored leather.
Note不可用含溶剂的清洁剂清洁仪表板、气囊饰盖或皮革制品
Do not use cleaning solvents to clean the instrument panel, air bag covers, or leather
interior.
To avoid leather fading, do not leave the vehicle under strong sunlight for long periods
of time. If you need to park the vehicle under strong sunlight, please cover all leather material.
Sharp objects on clothes such as zips, rivets, and sharp buckles may leave marks or dents
on the leather.
Avoid drinking coffee or using sunscreen in vehicles with a Nappa leather interior.
Remove coffee or sunscreen stains on Nappa leather with mild soapy water as soon as possible.
Do not spray formaldehyde cleaners on leather. Doing so may leave white spots on genuine
leather which are difficult to remove.
Seat Belts
Only use mild car shampoo to clean the seat belts. Do not remove the seat belts from the
vehicle. Allow the belts to dry fully while extended.
Protective Films
Color-Changing Film/Transparent Film
When installing a color-changing or transparent film, make sure to avoid areas around the
surround-view cameras, HD cameras, ultrasonic radars, and LiDAR radars to prevent interference with the
advanced driver assistance system features.
Side Window Film
Do not install the side window film too close to the edge of the window. Leave a small gap to
prevent the curling caused by the lifting and lowering of the window.
Front Windshield Film
The original front windshield of NIO electric vehicles has good thermal insulation and
ultraviolet blocking performance. We do not recommend to install a film on it.
If you still want to install a film, you should prevent installation liquid from seeping into
the area below the instrument panel. This will cause failure of electrical components inside the
instrument panel.
Rear Windshield Film
The original rear windshield of NIO electric vehicles has good thermal insulation and
ultraviolet blocking performance. We do not recommend to install a film on it.
If you still want to install a film on the rear windshield, be sure to:
Thoroughly remove water when applying the film to avoid causing excessive glare on the
windshield at night.
Prevent excessive installation liquid from seeping into the rear cover, which will cause
short circuit in the audio system.
Caution对于车辆信号发射和接收区域,贴膜时应避开此区域,以防影响部分系统的正常工作。
Avoid the signal emission and reception areas when installing the film in order not to
affect the normal operation of some systems.
After the installation of the sunroof insulation protection film, avoid exposure to
sunlight within 3 hours, do not wash your vehicle within 24 hours, and do not exceed 80 km/h while
driving.
Do not raise or lower the window or wipe the inside of the glass with force within 7-10
days after the installation of the side shield film.
Do not activate the rear windshield defogging feature within 30 days after the
installation of the rear windshield film.
The rear windshield film may have an impact on the auto-dimming feature of the rearview
mirror.
Avoid scratching the film area with hard objects during daily use and when washing the
vehicle.
Application of Antibacterial Product
Haptex
Haptex synthetic leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based
on Biomaster AT300 (active ingredient silver chloride CAS-No. 7783-90-6) for use in automotive interior
parts (eg. seats, IP, CNSL, pillars) cladding: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and
gram-negative bacteria (eg. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO
22196). No addition precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Fabric
Fabric with antibacterial properties is based on SILVADUR™ 960 Flex Antimicrobial, a polymeric
system incorporating a silver ion antimicrobial agent (active ingredient CAS-No. 7761-88-8) for use in
automotive interior parts: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative
bacteria (eg. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 20944). No additional
precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Steering Wheel Leather
Artificial leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on
Biomaster AT300 (active ingredient silver chloride CAS-No. 7783-90-6) for use in the steering wheel
surface cover: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (eg.
Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional
precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Paint
Novaron AG1100 coatings with antibacterial properties are based on silver sodium hydrogen
zirconium phosphate (active ingredient CAS-No. 265647-11-8) for use in the automotive interior paint
parts (eg. driver airbag cover): Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and
gram-negative bacteria (eg. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 21866). No
additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passenger use the vehicle normally.
PETER coatings with antibacterial properties are based on silver phosphate glass (active
ingredient CAS-No. 308069-39-8) for use in automotive interior paint parts (eg. ICS holder paint):
Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (eg. Staphylococcus
aureus and Escherichia coli according to ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when
the driver and passenger use the vehicle normally.
Filter
Filter with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on
dimethyltetradecyl[3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl]ammonium chloride (N-46279) (active ingredient CAS-No.
41591-87-1) for use in air handling/ air conditioning systems: Bacteriostatic and fungistatic properties
against a multitude of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, yeast and fungi according to ISO 846 and
JIS L 1902. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the filter on the market.
Evaporator core & Inner condenser coating
Hydrophilic composite coating with antimicrobial properties by means of a functional layer
based on active substances CAS-No.7631-86-9, 26530-20-1 and 4299-07-4 was attached to the surface of the
evaporator and inner condenser. The coating shows great antimildew properties for Aspergillus Niger,
Penicillium sp. and antibacterial properties for Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus according to
GB 21551.2. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the evaporator and inner condenser on
the market.
Vehicle Information
OEM
NIO
NIO Hotline
Refer to the contact table
NIO website
Refer to the contact table
The vehicle nameplate is located under the B-pillar on the right side.
The vehicle brand logo can be found in the following places:
Instrumentation and Controls
1. Electronic switch for inner door handle
8. Emergency call and reading lights
2. Window control panel
9. NOMI Smart Assistant
3. Switches on the left side of the steering wheel
10. Touchscreen display
4. Turn signal and headlights stalk
11. Gears and central control panel
5. Digital instrument cluster display
12. Central control wireless charging board
6. Switches on the right side of the steering wheel
13. Accelerator pedal
7. Wiper and washer stalk
14. Brake pedal
Warning Sign Information
No.
Name
Warning Sign
Description
1
High voltage electricity warning sign
Danger! Do not touch high voltage components.
2
High voltage component warning sign 1
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing
protective equipment to avoid electric shock.
3
High voltage component warning sign 2
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing
protective equipment to avoid electric shock and burns.
4
High voltage battery pack warning sign
Cautions for using the high voltage battery pack
5
High voltage cable warning sign
High voltage components are connected with orange high voltage harnesses. Do not touch
high voltage components without wearing protective equipment.
6
Mutual compatibility identifiers used for charging the car
Mutual compatibility identifiers to guide you charging the car are found in the car’s
charging port. When selecting the charging gun, you must make sure the identifier on the charging
gun equals one of the identifiers found in the car’s charging port, either C, K or L.Voltage ranges
related to those identifiers are as follows:
C: AC ≤ 480V
K: DC 50V to 500V
L: DC 200V to 920V
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is embossed on the floorboard under the front passenger
seat.
The vehicle identification number (VIN) can be found in the following places:
Inner side of the hood
On top of the front drive motor
On the left side of the instrument panel crossbeam
Bottom left corner of the front windshield
Under the B-pillar on the left side of the body
Under the right rear door frame
Above the end of the rear drive motor
Above the rear floorboard
On the right side of the liftgate
You can also read the vehicle identification number (VIN) with a diagnostic tool (NIO
Diagnostic System Generation II (BD2)) that is compatible with the vehicle:
Connect the diagnostic tool to the vehicle diagnostic port, and turn on the diagnostic
tool.
Start the diagnostic tool and log in to the main interface of the diagnostic tool.
The diagnostic tool will automatically read the vehicle identification number and display
it on the current interface of the diagnostic tool.
Drive motor identification mark
The front drive motor identification mark is located under the motor.
The rear drive motor identification mark is located on the lower left side of the motor.
Recommended Fluids and Capacities
Item
Specifications
Capacity
Brake fluid
DOT4
0.9L
Coolant
-40 °C OAT (glycol aqueous solution with inhibitor)
The vehicle is equipped with a lithium-ion high-voltage battery. Be sure not to damage the
high-voltage battery when lifting the vehicle. Take extra care not to break the battery's bottom plate
when using rescue tools.
Warning高压电池警告
Before repairing, disassembling, and installing high-voltage components, it is
necessary to disconnect the power supply and confirm that the emergency power cut-off switch and
12V power supplies are disconnected. After disconnecting the power, let your vehicle stand still
for more than 5 minutes.
Personnel without corresponding qualifications are prohibited from operating
high-voltage components. Operators must wear insulated protective equipment such as insulated
gloves that meet the requirements. They are not allowed to carry or wear any metal items.
Drive Motor
The electric drive system is responsible for the power output of the vehicle, which can convert
the DC energy of the high-voltage battery pack into mechanical torque in a controllable way, and transmit
it to the wheels to drive the vehicle. In addition, in the braking state, the electric drive system can
also regenerate braking energy to charge the high-voltage battery pack. The vehicle is equipped with two
electric drive systems, of which the front electric drive system is installed on the front sub-frame, and
the rear electric drive system is installed on the rear sub-frame.
12V battery
The 12V battery powers the SRS, windows, locks, touchscreens, vehicle lighting, etc.
Airbag
The vehicle airbag system includes frontal airbags and side airbags. The frontal airbags
include front row head airbags, of which the driver airbag is located inside the trim cover of the
steering wheel, and the front passenger airbag is located inside the instrument panel; the side airbags
include front side airbags (located on the outer side of the front seats, and the inner side of the driver
seat), and curtain airbags (located above the doors on both sides, in the ceiling area from the A-pillar
to the C-pillar, where there are curtain airbag gas cylinders inside). The word "AIRBAG" is marked on the
places where the airbag is placed to remind you that there is an airbag herein.
Vehicle Dimension
Item
Numerical value
Length A (mm)
4,790
Width B (mm) (without side mirrors)
1,960
Height C (mm)
1,499
Wheelbase D (mm)
2,888
Front track E (mm)
1,685
Rear track F (mm)
1,685
Front suspension G (mm)
897
Rear suspension H (mm)
1,005
Ground clearance (mm)
135
Approach angle
13°
Departure angle
14°
Number of seats
5
Mass Parameters
Item
75 kWh
100 kWh
Unladen mass (kg)
2,190
2,210
Mass of vehicle with bodywork in running order (including coolant, oil,
fuel, tools, spare wheel and driver) (kg)
2,265
2,285
Distribution of this mass among the axles (kg)
Front Axle:
1,129
1,139
Rear Axle:
1,136
1,136 1,146
Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer
(kg)
2,730
2,730
Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a
semi-trailer or center-axle trailer, load on the coupling point (kg)
Front Axle:
1,229
1,229
Rear Axle:
1,501
1,501
Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle (kg)
Front Axle:
1,283
1,283
Rear Axle:
1,530
1,530
CautionWhen a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that:
When a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that:
Technically permissible maximum laden mass no more than
2730kg;
Technically permissible maximum mass on Front Axle no more than
1283kg, and on Rear Axle no more than
1530kg.
Wheel and Tire Specifications
Item
Numerical value
Specifications
245/45R19 102V XL
245/40R20 99W XL
Tire pressure (bar)
2.6 (no load)
Camber angle
-0.37±0.5°
Total front camber angle
0±0.5°
Front toe-in angle (per wheel)
0.21±0.1°
Total front toe-in angle
0±0.05°
Front kingpin caster angle
4.17±0.5°
Total front kingpin caster angle
0±0.5°
Rear camber angle
-0.96±0.35°
Total rear camber angle
0±0.5°
Rear toe-in angle (per wheel)
0.08±0.05°
Thrust angle
0±0.15°
Steering wheel angle
0±1.5°
Wheel bolt torque (N·m)
140
Note: The tire specifications are subject to the actual configuration of the vehicle.
Caution为确保行车安全,车轮螺母建议拆装 20 次后进行更换。
To ensure driving safety, it is recommended to replace the wheel nuts or bolts after removing
and installing them 20 times.
Tire Markings
All tire signs and features are marked on the sidewall of the tire.
Product Name
Rated load mark
Tire Size
A tire marked 245/40R20 means that the tire width is 245 mm, the aspect ratio is 40, and R
means that the tire has a radial structure and the wheel diameter is 20 inches.
Tire load index and rated speed
The tire load represents the corresponding load weight of the tire, and the rated speed is
the maximum speed that the tire can be used for a long time.
Tire Load
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
Load Weight
750 kg
775 kg
800 kg
825 kg
850 kg
875 kg
900 kg
925 kg
950 kg
975 kg
1000 kg
1030 kg
1060 kg
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
Rated Speed
160 km/h
170 km/h
180 km/h
190 km/h
200 km/h
210 km/h
240 km/h
270 km/h
300 km/h
Maximum tire load and maximum inflation pressure allowed (not for normal driving)
DOT tire identification number
Starts with the letters DOT, followed by numbers/letters, where the first 2 digits
represent the code of the tire manufacturing plant, the second 2 digits represent the tire size, the
next 4 digits represent the tire type code, and the last 4 digits represent the year and week of
manufacturing. For example, 1721 means the 17th week of 2021. In the event of a recall of defective
tires, this information may be used to contact consumers.
Ternary lithium ion/lithium iron phosphate battery
Ternary lithium ion battery
Rated voltage (V)
3.73
3.74
3.73/3.22
3.65
Rated capacity (Ah)
276
137
237/192
100
High-voltage battery pack system
Rated voltage (V)
358
358
386
350
Rated capacity (Ah)
280
280
195
200
L x W x H (mm)
2,062x1,539x185.6
2,062x1,539x183.1
2,062x1,539x185.6
2,062x1,539x136
Number of cells in battery pack
96
192
118
192
Weight of battery pack (kg)
555
555
535
525
Tire Inflation
Warning使用胎压过低或过高的轮胎将会引发事故,造成人身伤亡。
Using underinflated or overinflated tires will increase the risk of accident and injury.
To ensure driving safety, please check the tire pressure on a regular basis. When checking the
tire pressure, make sure it is the cold tire pressure (the tire temperature should be the same as the
ambient temperature, or the tire should be cooled off for 3 hours after driving). The recommended cold tire
pressure is marked on the door frame of the driver side. If hot tire is measured, the tire pressure is
generally about 0.3 bar higher than that of cold tires.
Over-inflated tires may compromise the comfort of the vehicle, and are easily damaged on uneven
road surfaces. In severe cases, there is even a risk of a tire blowout occurring, threatening the safety of
the vehicle. Under-inflated tires may cause uneven tire wear, affecting the maneuverability of the vehicle
and draining the battery.
If the tires used on the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue
to run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and
the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires cannot be
used as permanent tire repair measures. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously
damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or
replacement.
When repairing, please try to orient the tire so that the punctured spot is at the top of
the tire.
Tire sealant can only be used to repair the tread area.
To inflate the tires using the air pump in the emergency kit:
Park the vehicle on a safe road, put on your reflective vest and place a warning triangle.
Open the vehicle tool cover in the rear trunk, and take out the air pump.
Take out the air pump hose on the side of the air pump and connect it to the tire valve.
Take out the power plug of the air pump and connect it to the 12V power supply of the
vehicle.
Make sure that the vehicle is powered on, turn on the power switch of the air pump, and
start to inflate the tires. When the tire pressure reaches 2.6 bar, manually turn off the power of the
air pump and disconnect it from the vehicle's power supply.
After inflation is complete, disconnect the air pump hose from the tire valve, and put
everything away.
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS)
The vehicle is equipped with a direct tire pressure monitoring system (dTPMS). If the pressure or
temperature of one or more tires is abnormal, the tire pressure warning indicator will light up on the digital instrument cluster
display along with the location of the faulty tire, alerting you to stop as soon as possible and check the
tires, and to inflate/deflate the tires to the correct air pressure.
In the event of abnormal tire pressure or rapid air leakage, the tire pressure warning indicator
will light up along with a "Beep"
tone, alerting you to check the tires; if the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) fails or the
tire temperature exceeds the safe value, the tire pressure warning indicator will flash for 75 seconds and then stay on, along
with a "Beep" tone. In this case, please stop the vehicle as soon as possible and contact the NIO Service
Center immediately.
You can tap My ET5 Touring on the main screen of the center display
to check the current tire pressure detected by the direct tire pressure monitoring system. If it shows that
the current tire pressure is "--", it means that no valid tire pressure value has been obtained. In such a
case, drive at a speed of above 25 km/h for 10 minutes and check again. If the tire pressure is too low, the
tire is overheated or the direct tire pressure monitoring system has failed, the corresponding tire will be
highlighted along with the specific fault information.
The Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) is based on tire temperature and atmospheric
temperature. At high altitudes or in cold regions, you may need to inflate the tires to a slightly higher
pressure to clear the low tire pressure warning message.
If radio transmitting devices (e.g., wireless headsets, walkie-talkies) are used in or near the
vehicle, the operation of the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) may be subject to interference.
Anti-skid Chain
The vehicle is not equipped with anti-skid chains, which can be purchased separately if
necessary. Precautions for using anti-skid chains:
Unsuitable anti-skid chains will damage the tires, wheels and braking system of the
vehicle. Please carefully check the specifications of the original tires and the relevant instructions
of the anti-skid chain manufacturer. For original tires, only rear tires are equipped with half-pack
anti-skid chains, and the rest of the tires are not suitable for anti-skid chains.
When installing the anti-skid chains, do not drive faster than 50 km/h or the limit speed
specified by the anti-skid manufacturer, whichever is lower.
Drive with caution to avoid road bumps, holes, sharp turns, or locked wheels which may
affect the vehicle in an adverse manner.
To prevent tire damage and excessive wear of the anti-skid chains, be sure to remove the
e.g., anti-skid chains when driving on snow-free roads.
AutoSock
Vehicle does not come with AutoSock, but you can purchase them separately. Please pay attention
to the following points when using AutoSock:
Improper AutoSock can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle. Please
carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the relevant instructions
provided by the AutoSock manufacturer. AutoSock can be used on all the four wheels of the vehicle.
AutoSock is only used on ice and snow. When driving onto dry roads (asphalt roads, cement
roads, dirt roads, etc.), remove it immediately. AutoSock should be removed when the vehicle is
parked.
When the vehicle starts, ice and snow particles on the ground may be thrown up due to the
increased grip of AutoSock. Avoid standing at the rear of the vehicle.
No need to turn off the vehicle's electronic stability system when AutoSock is in use.
The speed of the vehicle must not exceed 50 km/h with AutoSock installed. Please also avoid
sharp acceleration, braking, turning, and other aggressive operations, otherwise, there is a high risk
of damage to AutoSock.
If any abnormal noise is heard during driving with AutoSock installed, stop the vehicle in
a safe position and, while ensuring personal safety, check whether AutoSock is installed correctly.
When the black fabric in the bottom layer below the white road contact fabric is exposed,
stop using AutoSock, and replace it with new ones.
AutoSock should not be used as direct substitutes for winter tires.
After use, dry AutoSock, place it in their original packaging, and store it in a dry place.
Due to the ease of use of the material, AutoSock can be washed at room temperature to keep the road
contact fabric clean but should not be ironed.
Winter Tires
The vehicle is configured with summer tires. In cold environments, tire performance is reduced,
grip is reduced and susceptibility to impact damage is increased. High performance tires may temporarily
stiffen in cold weather, and a rolling noise may be heard for the first few kilometers before the tires
warm up. To have your vehicle perform optimally, using winter tires in winter is recommended. Please
choose the applicable winter tires or stud tires according to the national laws in your country.
It is recommended to install winter tires for the vehicle when the ambient temperature is below
about 7 °C. The driving performance of summer tires will be reduced at low temperatures, and the comfort
will also be reduced. For example, there may be rattling noises caused by the tires when maneuvering on
dry and slippery surfaces, or when accelerating out of corners.
Extremely cold temperatures below -15 °C may cause permanent damage to summer tires.
Use winter tires of the same brand and tread pattern on all wheels to ensure safe maneuvering
characteristics.
Tire Size
Load Index
245/45R19
102
245/40R20
99
Caution冬季胎
The tires will be damaged if the vehicle speed is above the maximum speed rating. As a
result, the tires are likely to burst. Please do not drive over the speed limit allowed by the
tires.
Winter tires with a tread pattern depth of less than 4 millimeters must be replaced
immediately. These tires are no longer suitable for winter because they cannot provide sufficient
grip. As a result, you may lose control of the vehicle and potentially cause an accident.
Tire Repair
Warning若在轮胎穿刺漏气的情形下继续行驶车辆,容易发生爆胎事故,危及人身安全。
Do not drive with a punctured tire, as it may lead to a tire blowout and endanger your
safety.
Tire sealant can irritate the eyes and skin. Keep out of reach of children. When using tire
sealant, ignition, open flames, and smoking are prohibited.
If the tire sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes, rinse the affected part of the body
off i immediately and thoroughly with plenty of water. Change soiled clothing immediately. Get medical
attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction. If sealant was swallowed, thoroughly rinse
out the mouth without delay and drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting.
CautionBefore using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant
tank to ensure that it is used before its expiry date. ET5 - 19 Inch
Before using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank
to ensure that it is used before its expiry date.
When the puncture width of a 19-inch tire is less than 6 mm, it is recommended to take
out the puncturing object and repair the tire. If the puncture width is greater than 6 mm or the
tire is even more seriously damaged, please do not continue to drive, and contact the NIO Service
Center in a timely manner to replace the tire.
If the tire is repaired while the puncturing object is not taken out, the tire can make
abnormal noises while driving after the repair, and air leakage may occur during long-distance
driving.
If self-repairing tires or silent cotton tires are used, it is not recommended to repair
tires with tire sealant. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
If the tires used on the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue
to run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and
the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires cannot be
used as permanent tire repair measures. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously
damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or
replacement.
When repairing, please try to orient the tire so that the punctured spot is at the top of
the tire.
Tire sealant can only be used to repair the tread area.
Park the vehicle on a flat and solid road and put it in Park, stay away from busy and congested
roads, then put on your reflective vest and place the warning triangle, turn on the hazard warning lights,
and use the tire sealant and air pump in the vehicle tools to repair the tire:
Park the vehicle on a safe road, and place the warning triangle.
Open the vehicle tool cover in the rear trunk, and take out the tire sealant tank and air
pump.
Stick the speed limit sign on the tire sealant canister onto the steering wheel to remind
yourself not to exceed 80 km/h when driving.
Connect the tire sealant canister to the wheel, remove the tire valve dust cap, and connect
the fill tube on the tire sealant canister to the tire valve.
Take out the power plug of the air pump and connect it to the 12 V power supply of the
vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the tire inflator and start to inject tire
sealant into the tire. Observe the pressure gauge, and turn it off when the pointer reaches ≥2.2 bar
(which will take around five to 10 minutes). Turn off the tire inflator and disconnect the power plug
from the 12V power socket.
Note充气泵开始工作时,胎压指针可能会短暂最高指示至6bar, 随后压力恢复正常。
When the tire inflater begins operating, the pressure gauge will initially display a high
pressure up to six bar, after which the pressure will drop to a normal range.
Disconnect the inflation tube from the tire valve, and put everything away.
Drive for 3-10 kilometers (about 5-10 minutes) at a speed not higher than 80 km/h, so that
the tire sealant can be evenly spread inside the tire and block the puncture hole.
Park the vehicle on a safe road, set up the warning triangle, and check the tire pressure
readings on the center display. Continue driving if the tire pressure is ≥2.2 bar. Inflate the tire to
≥2.2 bar if the tire is under-inflated and drive the vehicle at a speed no higher than 80 km/h for 3
to 10 km (or around 5 to ten minutes). Check the tire pressure again. If the tire pressure is still
below 2.2 bar which means the tire is severely damaged or the tire sealant cannot seal the tire, park
the vehicle in a safe place and contact NIO immediately.
If the tire pressure cannot reach the designated range within 12 minutes during the tire
repair process, this indicates severe damage. Please park your vehicle safely and call for assistance.
Repairing with tire sealant is only for temporary emergency processing. After repairing the
tire, you can continue driving for up to 200 kilometers or 3 days. Please go to the nearest workshop
as soon as possible to have the tire repaired and the tire sealant wiped dry.
After repairing the tire by using tire sealant, please contact the NIO Service Center for
replacement of the inflation pump hose assembly.
Tire Replacement
When the vehicle is subject to a severe air leakage that it cannot be driven anymore, park the
vehicle on a flat and solid road and put it in Park, stay away from busy and congested roads, then put on
your reflective vest and place the warning triangle, turn on the hazard warning lights, then contact NIO
Service Center for a tire replacement.
When replacing a tire, the new tire must comply with the specifications of the original
one. Using a tire with different specifications may affect the vehicle’s handling and result in a loss
of vehicle control.
Never get underneath the vehicle when it is lifted on a jack as this may cause severe
injury or even death.
Do not lift the vehicle when people are inside.
The vehicle can only be lifted at specified lift points on the vehicle's underside.
Do not place any object above or underneath the jack when it is lifting the vehicle.
Never use a jack to lift the vehicle on an uphill or downhill slope or on a roadway that
slopes to one side.
Jacks should only be used to raise vehicles when changing tires.
How to replace the tire:
Have a jack and a spare tire of the right specification ready for the tire replacement.
Place a block in front of the tire diagonally to the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from
sliding.
Use the bolt cover remover in the emergency kit to remove the bolt covers, and loosen the
bolts counterclockwise with the wheel wrench.
CautionThere is a special protective coating on the exterior of the rim. During the
disassembly and assembly of bolts, tires or rims, the operating area of the rim shall be properly
protected to prevent the surface of the rim from being accidentally scratched by hard
objects.
There is a special protective coating on the exterior of the rim. During the
disassembly and assembly of bolts, tires or rims, the operating area of the rim shall be properly
protected to prevent the surface of the rim from being accidentally scratched by hard objects.
Place the jack below the correct jacking spot on the vehicle.
Make sure the jack is positioned correctly under the jack point. Failure to do so may
damage the vehicle, or the vehicle may slip off the jack and cause injury.
Jack the vehicle up to a tire changing height. As the jack touches the vehicle and jacks it
up, double check to make sure that the jack is in the correct position.
Remove the wheel bolts and replace the tire. When installing the wheel, make sure the bolts
are aligned with the mounting holes, and that the metal side of the wheel is in proper contact with
the mounting surface.
After installing the wheel bolts, lower the vehicle completely to the ground (using the
jack), then use a wrench to tighten all the bolts clockwise, and then use a torque wrench to tighten
the vehicle bolts to the specified torque value.
Check the tire pressure after the tire is replaced, inflate to the specified tire pressure
if necessary, then install the tire valve cap.
Put the tools, jack, and the flat tires away in a secure manner.
Set Up Warning Signs
In the event of an emergency, drive the vehicle to a safe area while ensuring safety, then step
on the brake pedal to stop the vehicle; put the vehicle in Park, and turn on the hazard warning lights on
the center console to alert other drivers and passersby.
Park gear switch
Hazard warning lights
Open the cover at the bottom of the rear trunk's storage space, and inside you will see the
emergency kit, take out the warning triangle and reflective vest, put on the reflective vest and place the
warning triangle within 50 meters to 100 meters behind the vehicle (when it's on an expressway, place it 150
meters behind the vehicle; when it's at night, place it 100 meters further than the normal distance; in the
event of rain and fog, place it 200 meters behind the vehicle).
How to assemble the warning triangle:
Unfold the bracket under the triangle.
Unfold the sides of the triangle.
Fasten the snap button on the top of the triangle.
Call for Road Assistance
In case of accidents such as a vehicle collision, water soaking, battery pack fire, etc., after
setting up the warning signs, please leave the vehicle as soon as possible while ensuring the safety of the
surrounding environment and maintain a safe distance (over 15 meters), then call the NIO Hotline for road
assistance, and the Road Assistance team will come to help you as soon as possible.
In the event of a battery fire risk, the vehicle will automatically cut off power and the
instrument cluster and center display will display a warning message. Make sure the surrounding area is
safe and promptly leave the vehicle to call for help.
If the vehicle is connected to the network, you can press the SOS button on the roof to call
for road assistance (press+hold once, or press twice), and you can cancel the call on the center display
within 8 seconds after making the call. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the SOS
feature: a steady green light means that the SOS feature is available; a flashing green light means that
road assistance is being called; a steady red light or a flashing red light means that the SOS feature
is unavailable, in such a situation you need to contact NIO Service Center immediately.
Note车辆在连接网络状态下,当发生事故且安全气囊弹出时,车辆将自动呼叫救援,为您的生命安全护航。
When your vehicle is connected to the network, if an accident occurs and the airbag is
deployed or the seat belt pretensioner is triggered, your vehicle will call for rescue automatically to
protect your life.
The 112-based E-Call In-vehicle System
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is mandatory for new vehicle models in all EU countries.
In the event of a severe accident, the eCall system can connect you to an appropriate PSAP (Public Safety
Answering Point) via an audio link automatically if the vehicle safety system is triggered, or manually if
you press the SOS button on the roof console.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically
when the activation level for seat belt tensioners or airbags is reached in the event of a severe
accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be activated manually, if needed. To activate the
eCall manually, press the SOS button on the roof console for over 500 milliseconds and release the button
within 10 seconds. The manual trigger is designed in such a way as to avoid mis-operation. To terminate
the calling, press and release the SOS button again within five seconds after it is pressed the first
time.
In the event of a critical system malfunction, the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may be
impaired. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the emergency call. Solid green
indicates the eCall system functions normally; flashing green indicates an emergency call is in progress;
flashing red indicates the eCall system has a minor fault but can still be activated; solid red indicates
the eCall system has a major fault and cannot be activated. In this case, you can find the fault
notification on the center display, and contact NIO if needed.
The processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is in line with
the personal data protection rules stipulated in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the
European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, is based on the necessity to protect the vital
interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC (3). The processing of
such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency call made to the single European
emergency number 112 in emergency situations within the meaning of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU)
2015/758.
The 112-based E-Call in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data:
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle type (passenger vehicle)
Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen)
Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel. The recent vehicle locations are
selected by random so as to ensure that the IVS is not traceable and not subject to any constant
tracking.
Estimated number of occupants onboard
Log file of E-Call activation of the system and its timestamp
Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public
safety answering points of the area where the vehicle is located. The data may be shared with other
parties such as police stations, fire stations, hospitals limited for emergency aid purposes.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that:
Data stored in the system is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered.
The system is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal
operation status.
Data stored in the system is automatically and continuously removed.
The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so
as to keep the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of
the system.
The log of activity data in the system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining
the purpose of handling the emergency call and in any case no longer than 13 hours after an emergency
call is triggered.
With regard to the arrangements for exercising data subjects' rights as well as the contact
service responsible for handling access requests, please kindly contact NIO for support. For contact
details, please refer to our Connected Vehicle Privacy Notice or contact details in this manual. NIO GmbH
Data Protection
Montgelasstrasse 14
81679 Munich
Germany
privacy.eu@nio.io
00 8000 999 6699 (EU) / 800 24 789 (Norway)
TPS eCall
TPS ecall is a third party supported eCall service regard to 112-based eCall in EU. ARC Europe
SA will be acting as the TPS agency for NIO TPS eCall, operating the NIO TPS eCall with 24-hours, 7-days
availability.
TPS eCall agent will deliver users with services in the corresponding language according to the
language set in the user's vehicle. TPS eCall agent evaluates if it is a fake or real emergency before
addressing the relevant PSAPs, then cancel the mis-call to help avoid legal risk of mis-connecting to
PSAP. When the incidents occur, the TPS agent can help the user redirect RSA (Road Side Assist service) or
advise the user to contact insurance companies providing RSA; if the incident is evaluated to be a crash
or an emergency, TPS agent transfers the MSD to the local Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) and track
the rescue progress in time. During the rescue process, TPS agents can act as a language translation
function between the user and the local rescue staff to avoid language barriers in emergency situations.
TPS eCall can be set by main user on Setting - General section in the setting interface of the
ICS of the vehicle replacing the statutory eCall. The default option will be TPS eCall. Once the customer
makes a choice, the choice will be recorded within the user profile.
NIO TPS eCall can only be ended by the TPS agent. Please inform the agent if the call is
connected by mistake and the agent will end the call for you.
The necessary vehicle data will be collected from the vehicle and sent to NIO TPS, then
forwarded to the TPS provider to handle the emergency when TPS eCall is triggered by user's active
triggering, collision triggering and EDA triggering.
Uploaded TPS eCall data will be stored for 6 months to allow NIO to perform accident responding
and handling.
After contacting the driver and passengers, TPS provider will pass the necessary data to the
local PSAP in local language for rescue purposes.
The TPS provider may collect and process only the following data, then send it to the local
PSAP when it is needed:
Driving service information
Crash type (front, side, rear, etc.) and delta Velocity (Vx and Vy). (Note: Delta Velocity is the collection of change of velocity every 10 ms at X-axis
and Y-axis during 250 ms after crash incident.)
Current vehicle location and direction
Vehicle speed
Vehicle propulsion storage type
Airbag triggered (How many airbags are triggered after crash)
Language set up on the center display
Number of passengers
Contact information
User's name (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's email address (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's mobile number (Optional, if the user is registered)
Vehicle basic information
Make/Model/Color/Model year
VIN number
Jump Start
If the vehicle cannot be started normally due to a depleted 12V battery, you can start the
vehicle by connecting it to the 12V battery of another vehicle through a jumper cable.
CautionFor NT2, when starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact
between two vehicles. If the two vehicles' low-voltage battery-positive terminals are connected, the
current may run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact between two
vehicles. If the 12V battery-positive terminals of the two vehicles are connected, the current may
run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When connecting the jumper cables to the vehicles, be sure to connect the positive
terminals first, followed by the negative terminals.
When using jumper cables to initiate an external power source, voltage requirements
apply. Please contact NIO Service Center when the battery is depleted to prevent damage to the
battery.
How to jump start a vehicle:
Put the vehicle in Park, make sure that the 12V battery is powered off and connected to the
electrical system of the vehicle correctly, open the hood, and locate the 12V battery of the depleted
vehicle A.
Connect one end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal of the 12V battery of the
depleted vehicle A.
Connect the other end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal of the 12V battery of the
supplying vehicle B.
Connect one end of the black cable to the negative (-) terminal of the 12V battery of the
supplying vehicle B.
Connect the other end of the black cable to the good ground point on the 12V battery of the
depleted vehicle A.
Start the supplying vehicle, wait a few minutes and then start the depleted vehicle. See if
the depleted vehicle A can be started normally.
Disconnect jumper cables in the reverse order of how they were connected, and put them away.
Emergency Unlocking from the Outside
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked by conventional methods (such as a smart key fob, keyless
entry, NIO app, or NFC), you can use the emergency key to unlock the driver's door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
To use the emergency key:
Pull out the metal key portion of the emergency key while toggling the switch on the
emergency key.
Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver's door.
Pull the door handle, and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key
counterclockwise to unlock the driver's door.
To lock the driver's door, rotate the key counterclockwise first for unlocking, and then
turn it clockwise.
After unlocking the driver door using the physical emergency key, if you need to lock the
doors using the Smart Key, you must first toggle the driver door once to reset the door lock cylinder.
This will prevent the driver door from remaining in an unlocked state and ensure the security of the
vehicle.
Open the Door from the Inside in an Emergency
When the whole vehicle is locked, if you need to open the door in an emergency (such as when the
door handle electronic switch fails, or the vehicle is soaked in water), pull the mechanical switch of the
inner door handle once to open the corresponding side door.
CautionNT2 Opening the door from inside in an emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can only
be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock the whole
vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical switch for the
inner door handle.
The windows cannot be lowered when the door is opened using the mechanical switch for the
inner door handle because doing so would risk damaging the window trim panel.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the child safety lock function is
enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment,
the child safety lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Emergency Opening of Liftgate
Open the square block above the latch from the inside of the rear trunk, and then press+hold the
white button to open the liftgate.
Emergency Evacuation
In case of danger or emergency situations with the vehicle, please evacuate the vehicle as soon
as possible and call for assistance while ensuring personal safety.
Collision Accidents
If your vehicle is involved in a severe collision accident and you can safely exit the vehicle,
please leave the vehicle promptly and move to a safe area to avoid further harm.
Vehicle Fire or Abnormal Temperature
If your vehicle is smoking, on fire or experiencing any other emergency situation, quickly
evacuate the vehicle and move to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
If your vehicle's center display shows warnings about abnormal vehicle or battery pack
malfunctions, please ensure your safety while parking the vehicle. Quickly exit the vehicle and evacuate
to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
Vehicle Submerged in Water
If your vehicle gets trapped in a heavily flooded area, such as an underpass or a low-lying
road, promptly evacuate the vehicle and move to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
Severe Vehicle Breakdown
If your vehicle experiences a severe breakdown during driving or if the center display
indicates a serious vehicle malfunction, please ensure your safety while parking the vehicle. Then,
quickly exit the vehicle and call for assistance.
Miscellaneous
Other scenarios where it is necessary to evacuate the vehicle promptly.
First Aid Kit
If your vehicle is equipped with a first aid kit, the first aid kit will be located in the side
net pocket of the rear trunk. The first aid kit contains rescue items required for emergencies. See the
instructions in the first aid kit for specific directions.
The first aid kit is valid for 5 years . After expiration, please
contact NIO to purchase.
Protective Equipment for Rescue Operations
The vehicle E-powertrain system is driven by the high-voltage battery. In the event of a serious
collision, leakage of high-voltage electricity or battery fluid may occur; therefore, the rescue operation
on the vehicle should be undertaken by professional rescuers who wear corresponding protective equipment to
secure personal safety.
Warning对车辆进行操作时请确保身上未携带金属制品(如项链、手表等),以免发生电击伤害。
Remove all metal objects (such necklaces and watches) before carrying out any operation.
Failure to do so may increase the risk of electric shock.
Electrical Protection
Please wear the following protective equipment to avoid injury from high-voltage electric
shock:
Insulated rubber gloves (be able to insulate against voltage above 500V)
Goggles
Insulated rubber boots
Tools with insulated protective covers
Chemical Protection
In the event of a battery leakage or potential risk of battery leakage, please wear the
following protective equipment to prevent injury to your skin and face:
Protective face shield
Solvent resistant gloves
Cut off the High-voltage Circuit
To cut off the high-voltage circuit, first disconnect the emergency HV cut-off plug (located in
the left area of the front trunk), and then disconnect the 12V battery negative terminal (located in the
front trunk near the front windshield).
How to cut off the high-voltage circuit:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Disconnect the emergency high-voltage cut-off plug, then cut off the high-voltage supply
circuit, remove the plug and keep it in a safe place.
Disconnect the cable from the 12V battery negative terminal, and wrap it with a protective
layer after disconnection to prevent conduction due to accidental contact from occurring.
Towing a Vehicle that Had an Accident
CautionThis vehicle is not suitable for traction with wheels on the ground. Do not use a
traction chain to tow the vehicle directly.
This vehicle is not suitable for traction with wheels on the ground. Do not use a traction
chain to tow the vehicle directly.
When the vehicle is on snow, mud, or sand, or when the wheels are locked and unable to
rotate freely, do not use a towing hook to tow the vehicle. Please contact the NIO service center.
If you need the vehicle to be towed, please call a flatbed trailer to transport the vehicle.
How to tow a vehicle:
Take out the tow hitch from the emergency kit in the rear trunk.
Press the lower end of the front towing flap of the vehicle to open it (1 in the picture),
insert the tow hitch into the hole and rotate until the tow hitch is firmly seated (2 in the picture).
The rear tow hitch (if present) is installed in the same way as the front tow hitch.
Press the brake pedal while the vehicle is in the Park gear, go to the Settings interface
from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driving and Parking
> Neutral Mode, then the vehicle will be released from the parking brake and can be
towed.
Power the vehicle off before towing, turn on the hazard warning lights, and make sure that
there is no one in the vehicle and lock the entire vehicle.
Install the tow chain on the tow hitch and slowly tow the vehicle onto the flatbed.
After the vehicle is towed to the designated location on the flatbed, use brake stops and
wheel straps to fix the tires.
Before having the vehicle transported on a flatbed, exit the Neutral Mode on the center
display to prevent the vehicle from being damaged due to bumps during transportation.
Caution在确保车辆没有安全风险的前提下才可拖离现场。-NT2
Only when there is no safety risk to the vehicle can it be towed away from the site. If
the vehicle battery pack is deformed, leaking liquid, or emitting smoke, safety risks shall be
eliminated first.
If you are unable to enter the Neutral Mode normally, you can try restarting the 12V
battery. If the parking brake cannot be released, the vehicle can be transported in as short a
distance as possible by using tire slides or wheeled trailers.
Do not depress the brake pedal or accelerator pedal hard while exiting the Neutral Mode
on the center display.
When the parking brake is released and the vehicle can be towed, there is a risk that the
vehicle may slide down on a slope. If necessary, please use brake wedges in conjunction.
It is recommended not to stay in deep water for a long time (preferably not exceeding the
battery base plate) when the vehicle is wading, as it may cause damage to the high-voltage components of
the vehicle.
On the premise that the vehicle body and chassis are not damaged, there will be no greater risk
of electric shock caused by its short-time immersion in water. However, when dealing with the submerged
vehicle, the professional rescuers shall wear appropriate rescue protective equipment. Under the condition
of ensuring insulation protection, pull the vehicle out of the water, open the door, power off the vehicle,
and then clean the water stains inside the vehicle. After checking for electricity leakage, cut off the
high-voltage circuit normally.
Warning处理浸水车辆时,若救援人员未穿戴适当的救援防护装备将带来严重伤害甚至死亡。
When dealing with submerged vehicles, failure to wear proper rescue protective equipment by
the rescuers can result in serious injury or even death.
Rescuing the Vehicle on Fire
Warning如果车辆发生火灾,切勿直接触摸车上任意部分。请穿戴正确的防护装备对其进行操作。
In the case of a vehicle fire, do not directly touch any part of the vehicle. All rescue
operations should be performed by professionals who must wear appropriate personal protective
equipment.
The gas stored in the side curtain airbag cylinder and the high pressure air suspension
tank may expand and explode under high temperatures. Please act with caution to avoid injury.
If the vehicle fire doesn’t involve the high voltage battery, you can use the fire extinguisher
to put out the fire.
If the vehicle fire is caused by the high voltage battery or the high voltage battery is
overheated, deformed, cracked, or damaged in the fire, use a large amount of water or foam extinguishing
agent mixed with water (F-500 EA is recommended) to cool down the high voltage battery. After the battery is
completely cooled down (which may take up to 24 hours), monitor it for one more hour to ensure the battery
does not heat up again. Then, drive the vehicle to an open and flat area and set up a 15-meter safety zone
to keep people away from the vehicle.
Warning对着火的高压电池采取降温措施后需警惕高压电池有复燃风险,避免运输过程中造成二次伤害。
Be aware that a high voltage battery may re-ignite even after it is cooled down. Particular
attention should be paid when transporting the battery.
If leakage from a high voltage battery is caused due to an impact, the rescue should be
performed by professionals who must wear protective face shields and chemical-resistant gloves. Never make
direct contact with the fluids.
When the high-voltage battery leaks, it may generate heat or even cause a fire. Please cool
down the high-voltage battery first and then clean up the fluids:
If the leak is not severe, use a liquid absorbing pad to clean up the fluids and then place
the used pad in a closed container or use incineration to dispose of the pad.
If the leak is severe, dispose of the fluids following the disposal guidelines for
hazardous chemical waste. Pour calcium gluconate solution over the leaked fluids.
If any fluids accidentally get on the skin, remove the contaminated clothes, and rinse the skin
with soap under running water for 15 minutes until all chemical residues are removed. Seek medical
attention immediately if the irritation or discomfort doesn’t improve.
When professional rescuers perform cutting operations, they must use appropriate tools such as
a hydraulic cutter and wear appropriate personal protective equipment to avoid serious injury.
When cutting is necessary during rescue, appropriate tools shall be used. The high-voltage and
high-pressure areas of the vehicle must not be cut, such as airbag-related components and high-voltage
components, as shown by the key areas in the figure below.